Contact Energy Limited logo

FY25 powered by geothermal expansion and resilience

Full Year Results17 August 2025CENUtilities

Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz


18 August 2025


FY25 performance powered by geothermal

expansion and resilient risk management



Twelve months ended

30 June 2025

FY25

Twelve months ended

30 June 2024

FY24


Underlying

i

Reported Against underlying

EBITDAF

ii

$774m $872m ↑ 17% from $663m

Profit $261m


$331m ↑ 13% from $230m

Profit per share 32.7 cps


41.6 cps ↑ 12% from 29.1 cps

Operating free cash flow

iii

$434m ↑ 2% from $424m

Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $110m ↓ 29% from $156m

Growth capital expenditure (cash) $363m ↓ 14% from $424m

Key strategic highlights

• Manawa Scheme of Arrangement approved (acquisition completed 11 July 2025).

• New long-term agreement to supply electricity to Fonterra, supporting electrification.

• Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal stations online.

• Glenbrook-Ohurua battery, Kōwhai Park solar and Te Mihi Stage 2 under construction.

• Supported the market over dry periods.

• Medium-term gas supply secured to support generation and gas-reliant businesses.

Financial performance

Contact Energy Limited (Contact) has today reported net profit of $331 million in FY25 and

operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $872m. Reported figures include a release of the Ahuroa

Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision of $98 million within EBITDAF ($71

million within net profit after tax). The release, which takes the onerous contract provision to

nil, is a non-cash movement reflecting improved confidence in the ability to access storage

capacity and the rising value of thermal flexibility.

Excluding the release, underlying net profit is up 13 percent on FY24 to $261 million and

EBITDAF is up 17% to $774 million.

iv

Contact’s operating result was underpinned by a 34

percent uplift in geothermal generation, effective use of risk management assets and

contracts and better alignment of long-term sales to the market price of electricity.

Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions in FY25, and gas supply continued to

tighten, with domestic production down more than 20 percent over the last calendar year.

Together, these conditions impacted wholesale pricing as more expensive thermal

generation was required to cover the reduction in hydro generation in the market.

Contact contracted additional short-term gas from Methanex and utilised its flexible gas

storage capacity at AGS to support gas-backed electricity supply. As a result, Contact was

positioned to provide risk management support to other market participants, with sales of

Contracts for Difference (CFDs) 0.5TWh above plan in FY25.

Contact Energy Ltd
2

Operating free cash flow of $434 million is up two percent on the prior year driven by

improved operating performance and reduced stay-in-business capex. These improvements

were partly offset by relatively higher levels of working capital (due to higher value and levels

of stored gas) and higher interest paid (due to reduced interest capitalisation following the

completion of Tauhara). In FY25, growth capital expenditure was $363 million as Contact

invested its entire reported net profit for the year into renewable development projects.

The Board declared a final dividend of 23 cents per share, taking the annual dividend

declared for FY25 to 39 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in

Contact’s dividend reinvestment plan at a two percent discount.

Manawa

In FY25, Contact entered into a Scheme of Arrangement to acquire Manawa Energy Limited

(Manawa). The acquisition completed on 11 July 2025 resulting in the combination of the

two businesses and, importantly for New Zealand electricity users, bringing together our

complementary, geographically diversified hydro schemes.

Through Manawa, Contact has acquired 25 hydro schemes with around 500MW of capacity

and winter-weighted generation. The schemes are complementary to Contact’s existing

Clutha Mata-au hydro scheme.

“We now have an even more diverse and resilient generation portfolio, allowing Contact to

offer more fixed price supply agreements to the market. Access to this type of hedging adds

resilience, and support, for New Zealand’s large energy users to reduce their exposure to

spot market prices in dry years,” said CEO Mr Mike Fuge.

“We’re one month into our integration with Manawa. This is a quality, well-run business with

a committed and passionate team. We are now working closely together to ensure a smooth

integration.”

Demand

Flexible demand is an increasingly important source of system resilience as the New

Zealand market reduces its reliance on thermal generation. As at 30 June 2025, Contact had

reached a total 188MW of contracted flexible demand, including 141MW already online.

Contact’s new long-term supply agreement with the New Zealand Aluminium Smelter

(NZAS) began on 1 July 2024 on improved pricing. Demand response was immediately

activated by Meridian in response to dry market conditions at the start of 1H25. Across

multiple demand response agreements, NZAS released ~0.8TWh to the market in FY25.

v


Renewable development

In FY25, Contact’s newly-commissioned Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants

generated 1.5TWh of baseload renewable output, reducing reliance on thermal generation in

a challenging market. This output alone is equivalent to ~60% of the year-on-year fall in

market hydro generation in FY25.

“This year demonstrated the critical role geothermal energy plays in the country. This is

baseload renewable electricity, not dependent on the weather. Our $1.2 billion investment in

Tauhara and Te Huka 3 all comes down to this: delivering the right projects, at the right time,

for New Zealand,” said Mr Fuge.

Construction began on three new projects this year: Our 100MW Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS,

168MWp Kōwhai Park solar farm and 101MW Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal plant.

vi

Following

on from the Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal builds in Taupo, these new projects are

Contact Energy Ltd
3

bringing more investment and activity to the regions, supporting small businesses and local

employment.

Decarbonising the portfolio

Contact is committed to reaching net zero emissions from generation by 2035.

vii


Market conditions in FY25 illustrated the ongoing role that flexible thermal generation plays

to support hydro volatility in the New Zealand market. Having secured access to ~6PJ of

short-term gas from Methanex and drawing on the flexibility of the AGS gas storage facility,

Contact generated 738GWh above its expected mean thermal output for FY25.

“Contact has shown how we can effectively deploy risk management levers, including

through gas contracting and generation, to support a dry market like we’ve just seen.

Importantly, with our new geothermal assets online and Manawa generation, we expect

98%

viii

renewable output from our portfolio in a mean year going forward”.

Contact’s remaining baseload gas generation plant, Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC), was

made available for 2025. TCC has reached end-of-life and will close at the end of the year.

Retail

Total retail connections reached 646,000 across electricity, gas and broadband, up 21,000

on FY24, with a focus on multi-product customer growth (up 7%). Retail electricity net price

has improved to partially recover rising energy and lines costs.

Supporting our customers to manage their energy usage, we continue to see growth in our

Time of Use ‘Good’ plans, with 140,000 New Zealand households taking advantage of

discounted or free off-peak energy. Since launching in August 2021, customers have

received 260 million hours of free power. Contact also expanded its Hot Water Sorter

programme to more than 20,000 customers, shifting ~4GWh of electricity load away from

peak demand periods.

Contact remains focused on supporting its customers in energy hardship and has removed

disconnection and reconnection fees under its Energy Wellbeing programme. As a result,

disconnections have dropped 30 percent year on year. Our partnership with Women’s

Refuge continues, with Contact providing free power and broadband to all refuges and

safehouses nationwide.

Outlook

Looking ahead, the next twelve months will see Contact delivering the effective integration of

the Manawa business and bringing two new renewable energy projects online. Both the grid-

scale battery at Glenbrook and the Kōwhai Park solar farm are expected online in 2H FY26.

“We will continue to deliver the new renewable electricity projects and innovative supply

arrangements that are needed to support the energy transition in New Zealand. Progress will

require both visionary aspiration and the ability to remain responsive to this country’s energy

needs. We are excited about the future, and the leading role Contact is playing in New

Zealand’s energy transition,” said Mr Fuge.


– ends –

Contact Energy Ltd
4

1/ MORE INFORMATION

Investor enquiries Media enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright

Head of Corporate Finance (Acting) Head of Communications and Reputation

+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz


2/ WEBCAST

A webcast to support the full year results announcement will be held at 11am, NZ (New Zealand)

time on 18 August 2025. If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details

below to view the webcast off your chosen device:

Click here to register for the webcast: Contact Energy FY25 results webcast registration

Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre




i

In FY25, a release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $98m within EBITDAF and $71m within profit. In FY24 a net movement in

the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.


ii

Refer to slide 50 of the FY25 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure

earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF).


iii

Refer to Note A3 of the 2025 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and

the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to

shareholders and growth capital expenditure.


iv

Adjusting for one-off Manawa-related transaction and integration costs, underlying EBITDAF was $792m.

v

Based on observed volume at the Tiwai node.

vi

Partial replacement for Contact’s Wairakei A&B station.

vii

Scope 1 and 2 emissions.

viii

Based on long-term average hydrological conditions and an expectation of 200GWh to 300GWh of gas generation through the Stratford

peakers following the planned closure of TCC in late 2025.

---

1
1

2025 full year results

presentation

18 August 2025

Twelve months ended 30 June 2025

2
Disclaimer and important information

This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its

businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held

out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a

prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.

While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact

nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any

representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any

liability for any errors or omissions.

Subsequent to balance date, Contact acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) on 11

July 2025 via a scheme of arrangement.Manawa was delisted from the NZX on 5 August

2025, following early bond redemption.

Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with both its market

announcements and those of Manawa Energy Limitedand the materials attached to

those announcements, and in particular the market announcements and materials

Contactreleased on the date of this presentation. These are available on the NZX

website (at www.nzx.com), for Contact only the ASX website (at www.asx.com.au) and

on Contact's or Manawa's website www.contact.co.nz or

https://www.manawaenergy.co.nz/investor-centre.

This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a

variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,

significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which

are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of

Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or

implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only

as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the

NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to

update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur

subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the

information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in

the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are

based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date

of this presentation.

EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are

financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial

information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’

published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial

information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial

information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G

under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.

Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow

and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New

Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),

Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards

(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by

other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures

determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.

Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is

provided in the supporting material.

This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other

advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of

financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for

such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact

security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain

independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should

make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,

circumstances and needs.

Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.

All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.

Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective

owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for

identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply

endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public

announcements of intention only.

3
FY25 highlights / Mike Fuge, CEO

Market update / Mike Fuge, CEO

Financial results and outlook / Matt Forbes, CFO

2

3

1

Agenda

33

Update on Manawa and strategic delivery / Mike Fuge, CEO

3

4

Supporting materials

33

3

5

4 - 8

9 - 15

16 - 29

30 - 39

40 - 55

4
Fonterra electrification

Contact to supply 540GWh p.a. at Whareroa by

2028 (~75% new demand)

Greymouth and OMV gas contracts

Secured up to 10PJ p.a. to CY2032

140,000 households

choosing discounted or free off-peak energy

FY25 highlights


Added to the

MSCI Global Standard Index

+17%

+13%

Continued representation within

Dow Jones Sustainability Index

Delivering for

shareholders

NPAT (underlying)

$261m up $31m YoY

EBITDAF (underlying)

$774m up $111m YoY

Dividend CPS

39c up 2c YoY

+5%

Stations online

$1.1b of projects under construction

Transaction completed

11

th

July 2025

Integration underway

Secured access to

~6PJ Methanex

gas, supporting the

market in dry sequences

Medium-term gas supply

supporting generation needs

& gas-reliant businesses

Taranaki Combined Cycle gas plant made

available for winter 2025

Tauhara

174MW

1.45TWh

Te Huka 3

51MW

0.43TWh

Delivering transformative

portfolio change

Delivering renewable

energy growth

Delivering financial

performance

Delivering for

customers

Delivering for

the market

Glenbrook-Ohurua | 100MW BESS

Te Mihi Stage 2 | 101MW Geothermal

Kōwhai Park |168MWp Solar

5
Refreshed leadership, delivering growth

Leadership team refreshed to match the scale, complexity and ambition of the business

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive

Officer

•Jack Ariel, Major Projects

Director, retired.

•Matt Forbes appointed Chief

Financial Officer.

•Carolyn Luey appointed Chief

Retail Officer.

Jan Bibby

Chief People

Experience Officer

Chris Abbott

Chief Corporate

Affairs Officer

John Clark

Chief Generation Officer

Tighe Wall

Chief Technology Officer

Matt Bolton

Manawa Integration Director

Dorian Devers

Chief Renewable

Growth Officer

Changes

(During 2H FY25)

Matt Forbes

Chief Financial Officer

Carolyn Luey

Chief Retail Officer

6
1

In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by

$98m and profit by $71m. In FY24 the net movement in this provision added $12m to EBITDAF

and $5m to profit. This is the only adjustment from reported to underlying performance.

All variances and commentary reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance.

2

Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of Profit to EBITDAF.

Summary of key financial performance measures

Building for the future, ready for today

Performance powered by geothermal expansion and resilient risk management

FY25 was shaped by challenging market dynamics:

•Two historically significant dry periods

reduced hydro output and increased reliance on

thermal generation.

•Gas production fell 20% year-on-year,

deepening fuel scarcity.

•Spot and short-term futures prices spiked,

then eased as inflows recovered and Methanex

gas was secured.

•Lines charges rose ~20% from April 2025,

adding further cost pressure.

Contact’s diversified portfolio and proactive risk

management supported strong performance in a

volatile year:

•Geothermal output rose 34%, with Tauhara and

Te Huka 3 delivering 1.5TWh of reliable baseload

energy.

•TCC was retained to support winter 2025,

despite being scheduled for closure.

‒Combined with AGS storage, this enabled

Contact to secure Methanex gas and supply

renewable-only generators during dry

periods—helping stabilise the market.

Market

FY25 highlighted several medium-term challenges:

•Ongoing gas scarcity with limited options to

increase gas supply.

•Rising costs for long-term risk management

products.

•Growing seasonal price spreads, especially

between summer and winter.

•Increased price volatility as more intermittent

generation enters the market.

Medium term

Contact is well-positioned for medium-term market

conditions:

•Renewable build-out progressing across solar,

geothermal and battery projects.

•Manawa acquisition adds portfolio flexibility and

favourable market channel exposure.

•Long-term gas contracts to 2032 support

intermittent generation and key customers.

•Strategic customer partnerships support

decarbonisation.

3

ROIC is four-year average. See slide 25 for the operating free cash flow reconciliation and for the basis of calculation of return on invested capital.

For FY24, $46m of growth capex has been reclassified to stay-in business capex, ensuring that spend is classified according to which assets

receive the most benefits under a revised scope of Te Mihi Stage 2.

4

Relates to interim and final FY25 dividends declared.

5

Includes capitalised interest.

Twelve months ended

30 June 2025 (FY25)

Twelve months ended 30

June 2024 (FY24)

Underlying

1

ReportedAgainst underlying

1

EBITDAF

2

$774m$872m↑17% from $663m

Profit$261m$331m↑13% from $230m

Profit per share32.7 c41.6 c↑12% from 29.1 c

Operating free cash

flow

3

$434m↑2% from $424m

Operating free cash flow

per share

3

54.4 c↑1% from 53.9 c

Average ROIC

3

4.9%↑From 3.7%

Dividend declared

4

$355m↑22% from $292m

Dividend declared per

share

4

39.0 c↑5% from 37.0 c

Stay-in-business (SIB)

capital expenditure

(cash)

$110m↓29% from $156m

Growth capital

expenditure (cash)

5

$363m↓14% from $424m

FY25

7
Delivering on the plan

FY25 operational plan

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

Strategic theme

Grow

Demand

Impressive delivery of the FY25 strategic targets outlined at the start of the year

FY25 achieved

▪New demand facilitated since FY21 to

reach >120MW.

▪Achieve FID for CO

2

.

▪Add 15MW of flexible demand.

▪Achieve FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.

▪Lodge consent for Stratford solar.

▪Achieve consent on Glorit solar.

▪Achieve consent on Southland Wind.

▪Te Huka 3 online Q4 CY2024.

▪Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS

1

on-track for

online Q1 CY2026.

▪Kōwhai Park solar on track for online for

Q2 CY2026.

▪Additional investment in carbon offsets.

▪Close TCC

2

gas generation plant.

Expected to close December 2024.

▪Sustained entry into the DJSI.

▪Electricity net price up by 2-3%.

▪Multi-product customers >149k (up from

140k).

▪Target cost to serve <$123/connection.

3

▪Scale Hot Water Sorter programme to

>20k homes (up from ~5k).

Complete /

on-track

Minor delay and / or

cost increase

Major delay and / or

cost increase

Key:

New demand facilitated and contracted since FY21 ~230MW (88MW online) up from 105MW.

15MW of additional flexible demand contracted, taking total contracted volume to 188MW (141MW online).

CO

2

Final Investment Decision (FID) now targeted for FY26.

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS under construction. Expected online in Q1 CY2026.

Achieved FID on Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal station. Expected online in Q3 CY2027.

Consenting process underway for Glorit solar. Earliest expected FID FY26.

Consent declined under COVID-19 Fast Track. Contact has been accepted under the new Fast Track

Approvals Act and expects to lodge a substantive application shortly.

TCC made available for Winter 2025 to support security of supply. Closing 2025.

Up >3%; full recovery of lines cost increases; partial recovery of rising wholesale costs.

More than 149k multi-product customers, up ~7%.

Cost to serve $116 / connection.

Reached >20k homes in the programme and shifted 4GWh residential demand off-peak in FY25.

Sustained inclusion in DJSI Asia-Pacific (one of only five New Zealand companies).

Purchased additional ~8% interest in Forest Partners (taking total to 22%).

Te Huka 3 online December 2024 at 54MW operating capacity. Final commissioning completed June 2025.

Kōwhai Park solar under construction. Expected online in Q2 CY2026.

Consent lodged for Stratford solar.

1

Battery Energy Storage System.

2

Taranaki Combined Cycle.

3

Includes customer acquisition costs.

Strategy delivery

8
Renewable projects under construction

Target scheduleOnline in Q1 CY2026

1

Battery Energy Storage System.

2

Includes sunk cost of $66m and $5.4m for Te Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS respectively. Excludes capitalised interest.

3

Excludes financing costs of $43m. Includes development costs.

Key facts & progress updates

Contact is currently leading the build of ~$1.1bn in renewable infrastructure across New Zealand

Battery capacity / storage

100MW / ~200MWh

Up to $163m

2

Total project costs

Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS

1

Kōwhai Park solar farm

4

▪All 28 transformers and 56 Megapacks are now installed on site.

▪Electrical connections between Megapacks and transformers are

well advanced.

▪Balance of plant works—including switch and control rooms,

cabling, and auxiliary transformers—are progressing well.

▪Concrete foundations for key infrastructure are largely complete.

Progress update

Target scheduleOnline in Q3 CY2027

Net capacity / annual generation

101MW / 0.8TWh

$712m

2

Total project costs

▪Earthworks are nearing completion.

▪The power station site has been handed over to the EPC

contractor, with foundation trenching and excavation now

underway.

▪Wairakei extension works have commenced, including planning

for major upgrades to electrical reticulation systems.

Progress update

▪Construction village and earthworks are well advanced.

▪Most PV modules, trackers, and inverters are now on site.

▪The first row of solar panels—the “golden row”—has been

successfully installed.

Progress update

Target scheduleOnline in Q2 CY2026

Net capacity / annual generation

168MWp / 0.3TWh

$273m

3

Total project costs

4

The Kōwhai Park solar farm is part of Contact’s 50/50 JV with Lightsource bp.

Strategy delivery

9
Market update

10
National electricity demand

Source: EMI, Contact.

Does not include NZAS.

National electricity demand (TWh)

Regional

change (%)

FY25 vs FY24

Source: EMI, Contact.

NZAS demand response is estimated by comparing total demand in FY25

against average demand at the Tiwai node over the preceding 4 years.

Market demand

NZ electricity demand down ~1% even when normalised for NZAS demand response

National electricity demand in FY25 reflected the

impact of extreme weather and challenging conditions.

Overall demand was down ~3% year-on-year, driven

by dry conditions and demand reductions from

customers exposed to fuel scarcity though high prices.

Adjusting for NZAS demand response—called by

Meridian to support lower hydro conditions—

underlying demand fell ~1%.

Notable regional changes included:

•A 58% drop in demand at the central North Island

node following the closure of the Winstone Karioi

pulp mill and Tangiwai sawmill in August 2024,

reflecting broader challenges in wood and paper

processing without the protection of fixed price

electricity hedging.

•A 12% decline in South Canterbury, concentrated

in irrigation nodes, driven by high inflows between

September and December 2024.

•A 16% increase on the East Coast, as Pan Pac’s

Whirinaki plant—closed after Cyclone Gabrielle in

2023—gradually resumed operations through 2H24

and 1H25.

(3%)

(4%)

1%

(12%)

(6%)

(3%)

(1%)

(2%)

9%

0%

(3%)

(1%)

(58%)

(1%)

(0%)

1%

(0%)

2%

16%

5.1

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.0

4.2

10.3

10.6

10.2

10.5

11.2

10.9

25.8

26.1

25.8

25.6

25.9

25.7

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

0.8

FY25

41.2

41.6

41.1

41.1

42.1

41.6

+1%

-1%

NZAS demand response

North Island

South Island (ex NZAS)

NZAS

40.9

-3%

11
Near term demand outlook is positive

Committed new load and consistent residential progression accounts for more than half of market growth

expectations in the next 5 years

20202021202220232024202520262027202820292030

0

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

Calander year

NZ Electricity Demand (TWh/year)

+0.3%

CAGR

2

Estimates of future demand by sector

3


National demand growth over time

1


Future demand sources committed growth

Residential decarbonisation & EV uptakeAdditional / faster industrial electrification Data centres

Additional and / or faster industrial decarbonisation resulting

from higher cost and less available natural gas

1.3%

CAGR

2

Faster EV uptake and residential decarbonisation

(heating / cooling)

Data centre build out consistent with

current pipelines / projections

1.1

0.9

1.2

2024

actual

Dairy

0.2

MetalsData

centres

Residential2030

identified

Future

projects

46.2

2030

EDGs

44.9

3.3

41.6

+8.0% total

identified growth

ResidentialDairyMetalsData centres

Actual demand data (EMI)

Contracted / under construction demand

MBIE EDGs 2024 – Reference scenario

Market demand

+1.3

TWh

Known

&

committed

Market

interest

1.7%

CAGR

2

1

MBIE EDGs reference case used as a proxy for market expectations given its use by Transpower for capital investment planning.

2

Compound annual growth rate.

3

Forecast does not include assumptions around potential industrial demand loss or line losses.

12
Supply Commentary –

Generation Mix FY25

•Hydro generation was down

~10% on FY24, 9% below the post-

market mean and the lowest annual

volume since 2008. This reflected

two historically dry periods,

including record-low inflows

between January and March 2025.

•Gas generation increased to

support the market, enabled by

short-term gas from Methanex,

which paused methanol production

to make supply available.

•Geothermal rose with Tauhara and

Te Huka 3 contributing 1.5TWh—

geothermal delivers twice what

wind does.

•Solar increased from 10GWh to

100GWh, ~0.2% of total market

generation.

•FY25 highlighted the importance of

flexible, dispatchable generation

and strategic fuel reserves in

managing volatility and supporting

the transition to renewables.

Generation by type (TWh)

Hydro Storage – FY25 Summary

Hydro storage was highly volatile across the year:

•The financial year began with storage well below average due to low inflows in late FY24.

•Heavy rainfall in August lifted storage to a peak in December.

•From January to March, total inflows (across Taupo, Waitaki, Clutha and Te Anau) were the lowest in 99 years.

•With gas supply tight, the market conserved hydro storage ahead of winter 2025.

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

Jul-

23

Dec-

23

Jul-

24

Dec-

24

Jun-

25

1H24 1H25

Storage

TWh

National hydro storage


Carbon

emissions (mT)


Source: EMI (generation data), MBIE (emissions data) and NZX Hydro data.

1

Carbon emissions for FY25 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data.

Two historically significant dry periods

Fuel supply

Lower hydro output offset by new geothermal production and lower demand

2H252H24

3.1

2.9

2.7

2.5

7.1

3.5

3.7

27.0

7.6

9.0

23.9

21.4

3.1

2.4

1.7

3.9

4.2

0.5

FY23FY24FY25

Gas

Coal

Hydro

Geothermal

Wind

Solar

Other nonidentified

generation

43.1

44.1

42.9

4.1

1


2.3

4.2

1

2

1. Winter 2024

2. Summer 2025

MeanActual

13
Net domestic gas production

Volatile pricing driven by hydro and gas availability

Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)

Wholesale market

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

Jun-

16

Jun-

17

Jun-

18

Jun-

19

Jun-

20

Jun-

21

Jun-

22

Jun-

23

Jun-

24

Jun-

25

10 year

average

spot price

$126

Long-dated futures (>12 months)

Short-dated futures (<12 months)

Monthly average spot price

Source: EMI wholesale pricing

Pricing Commentary – FY25

•Spot and short-term futures prices spiked during two dry periods—Winter 2024 and Summer 2025—driven by low hydro inflows, limited wind, and a 20% year on year reduction in gas supply.

Prices eased as hydro inflows recovered and Methanex gas was made available for generation.

•Long-dated futures rose in response to declining domestic gas forecasts (down by 20% on average) and the rising cost of firming intermittent renewables. While the HFO agreement (including a

strategic reserve at Huntly) helps reduce scarcity risk, prices continue to reflect the cost of dispatchable fuel—whether gas, coal, or demand response—needed to meet winter demand.

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

MayJunJulAugSepOctNovDecJanFebMarApr

20242025

PJ

1

2

Source: MBIE gas statistics; 2P reserves data.

0

50

100

150

202520262027202820292030

2024 forecast2025 forecast

Average annual forecast production (2025 – 2030)

Average monthly gas

production down 20%

year-on-year

Latest annual production

forecasts stepped down 24%

on average

Current gas deliverability forecasts point to continued steep decline

14
Retail Electricity Market Connection Trends

•Competition remains strong, with churn steady at ~19% despite elevated

wholesale prices.

•Tier 1 retailers now hold ~85% market share. Growth over the last 2 years

was led by Meridian (+12% over two years, excluding Flick), followed by

Genesis (+4%) and Contact (+5%). Mercury remained stable.

•Meridian’s acquisition of Flick Energy (announced May 2025) adds ~41k

connections, though these are not yet reflected in reported market share.

•Tier 2 retailers are losing ground, with most stepping back from customer

acquisition. Flick (+27%) and 2Degrees (+9%) were exceptions.

•Contact added 20k residential connections over the past two years,

reaching 20% market share.

Change in retail customer electricity connections (000s)

30 June 2023 – 30 June 2025

2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)

Retail electricity tariff changes (c/ kWh)

Tier 2: -9k connections

Retail Pricing Trends

•Residential electricity prices have risen steadily, with a compound annual

growth rate of ~4% over the past five years to March 2025. The average

increase in the year to March 2025 was ~4%.

•Cost pressures are expected to continue. Key drivers include:

‒Higher wholesale electricity prices, particularly in winter when

usage is highest.

‒Increased cost of transmission and distribution infrastructure.

2

These factors are expected to keep upward pressure on retail prices over

the near term. Continued investment in new renewable generation is

expected to bring down electricity costs over time.

12 months

ended:

Tier 1: +66k connections

Source: EMI – residential ICPs only

Source: MBIE

18.2

18.6

19.5

20.7

20.9

11.1

11.6

12.0

12.4

13.5

Mar-21Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24Mar-25

29.4

30.2

31.5

33.1

34.4

+4%

Retail strategic value outweighs margin headwinds

Retail electricity market

Medium-term cost pressures not deterring long-term positioning or competition

Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)

1

1

Compound annual growth rate.

4%

5%

0%

12%

-3%

-6%

27%

9%

8%

-20

0

10

20

30

-30

GenesisContactMercuryMeridianNovaPulseFlick

-21%

Electric Kiwi2Degrees/

Vocus

Other

2

From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average

(depending on region and usage profile).

15
Responding to the energy challenges that matter

Investing at

pace

Making the most

of favourable

consenting

environment

Fuel security

and dry year

risk

Regional

growth

Energy

wellbeing

▪Generation totalling 6.7TWh

built or committed by industry

between 2020 and 2027.

▪335MW of grid-scale batteries

now online or under construction

in New Zealand.

▪Industry-wide focus on energy

wellbeing and reducing

punitive practices.

▪Disconnections now viewed as

last resort.

Contact is investing in renewables, flexible storage, and demand response - guided by clear market signals and

long-term national priorities; These actions reflect strong alignment with government objectives and reinforce

the value of stable, predictable policy settings

1

Based on observed volume at the Tiwai node.

2

HFO agreement is subject to Commerce Commission review.

Leading sustainable decarbonisation in the transition to Net Zero 2050

We are anticipating the government’s response to the review of electricity market performance in September

We expect this to propose sensible market enhancements to improve outcomes for consumers

▪Removed all disconnection and

reconnection fees and financial

barriers for reconnection.

▪Free power and broadband to all

Women’s Refuge safehouses and

refuges nationwide along with

other targeted social agencies.

▪225MW of baseload renewables

brought online at Tauhara and

Te Huka 3 geothermal stations

in CY 2024.

▪Investments in battery and solar to

come online in CY 2026. Te Mihi

Stage 2 to come online CY 2027.

▪Fast Track Approvals Act passed

into law.

▪Changes to national policy

statements proposed.

▪Replacement Resource

Management legislation to be

introduced before end of year.

▪Contact and Manawa together

can move at pace on a robust

pipeline of consentable

developments and reconsents.

▪Engaging on RMA reforms,

including seeking automatic

reconsent for schemes <50MW.

▪Entered 50MW HFO agreement.

2

▪Secured up to 10PJ p.a. gas supply

to CY 2032 with option to extend.

▪Improved performance of AGS gas

storage enhances flexibility.

▪NZAS demand response

activated, releasing ~0.8TWh to

the market in FY25.

1

▪Signed 10 year, 150MW HFO

agreement keeping rankines

available for dry year risk.

2

▪Methanex short-term gas

interruptibility achieved.

▪Major renewable developments

underway creating jobs in the

regions. Including Southland,

Central North Island, Hawkes

Bay, Northland and wider.

•Contact’s geothermal

development programme has led

to job creation in Taupo region.

•Tauhara alone involved 2.65

million work hours with over 4,000

people helping to build it.

Market

Contact

16
Financial results

and outlook

17
Key themes from the financial results

FY26 normalised and expected

3


EBITDAF of $980m (or $945m after

transaction and integration costs), up

from the initial $770m in FY25.

Improved confidence in the ability to

access AGS storage capacity, and the

rising value of thermal flexibility, increased

the value of the AGS contract and led to

the removal of the non-cash provision.

TCC and AGS storage enabled

Contact to secure ~6PJ of short-

term gas from Methanex, supporting

renewable generators during dry

conditions.

New NZAS contract delivered

improved pricing, enabled demand

response during dry conditions,

and provided long-term certainty to

support renewable investment.

1

1

Net cost of NZAS demand response to Contact in FY25 was $22m.


Includes fixed and variable payments to NZAS and the NZAS CFD revenue foregone, net of assumed spot sales.

2

Reported EBITDAF, including AGS onerous contract provision release of $98m, was $872m.

3

Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro refurbishments).

Delivered 1.5TWh of new baseload

geothermal from Tauhara and Te

Huka 3; Contact’s hydro generation

was 15% below mean.

Underlying EBITDAF $774m

2


($792m before Manawa-related costs);

ahead of normalised and expected EBITDAF.

Delivering

value from fuel

flexibility

Delivering value

from renewable

generation

growth

18
133

151

98

12

663

46

-185

-3

15

-46

774

675

-31

872

111

49

71

5

-18

-65

-10

-33

-3

235

-43

331

230261

Profit ($m)

1

Performance underpinned by renewable growth, fuel flexibility, and pricing discipline

Strong earnings growth reflects investment

Underlying EBITDAF ($m)

1

Gas and acquired

generation costs

rose $85/MWh to

$200/MWh (+72%),

driven by short-term

Methanex

purchases and

NZAS demand

response.

Market channel

pricing up

$36/MWh to

$186/MWh (+24%),

driven by higher

realised C&I, CFD

and merchant

prices in a fuel-

constrained market.

Renewables up

0.8TWh, with 1.2TWh

more geothermal from

Tauhara and Te Huka 3

offsetting 0.3TWh lower

hydro—reducing

reliance on thermal and

acquired generation

($200/MWh). Partly

offset by a volume mix

shift to longer-term

sales channels.

Opex higher,

including transaction

and integration costs

($18m) and for new

plants online; partly

offset by non-cash

AGS unwind ($15m).

5

3

1

FY25 results: Summary

FY24 profit

Net

interest

costs


EBITDAF

Depreciation

& Amortisation

Tax


Change in

FV of

financial

instruments

FY24 EBITDAF

4. Gas, carbon and

acquired

generation cost

6. Fixed

costs

FY25 EBITDAF

Long-term channel

pricing rose

$9/MWh to

$136/MWh (+7%),

reflecting improved

NZAS contract

terms from 1 July

and retail pricing

moving closer to

long-run

expectations.

2

Other income was

lower in the period

reflecting loss on

sale of gas.

6

3. Market

channel

pricing


FY25 profit

AGS onerous contract release

Underlying EBITDAF

AGS onerous contract release (after tax)

Underlying profit

Realised change in FV of financial instruments

Unrealised change in FV of financial instruments

2. Long-term

channel

pricing

5. Other

income

4

1

Movements in profit and EBITDAF are shown on an underlying basis. For FY24, this excludes all impacts of the AGS onerous contract provision—EBITDAF increased by $12m, interest decreased by $5m, tax decreased by $2m, and NPAT increased by

$5m. For FY25, underlying figures include the cumulative impact of monthly provision unwinds—EBITDAF increased by $15m, tax decreased by $4m, and NPAT increased by $8m—but exclude $98m from the release of the provision.

2

In FY24, Contact recognised $50m of write-offs, primarily relating to peaker engine damage, Tauhara assets impacted by the 2023 steam hammer event and valve failures, and software assets from discontinued HRIS and CRM projects. In FY25, a

further $1 million was written off, relating to capital work in progress and inventory.

Asset

impairment

/ write-offs

2

1. Renewables

and sales

volumes

19
Wholesale EBITDAF

1

(underlying, $m)

Retail EBITDAF ($m)

Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)

Operating performance by segment

Wholesale business performance offsets retail losses

and integration-related costs

Refer to slides 20 - 22

Refer to slide 23

68

215

FY24Generation

costs

(including

acquired

generation)

Total

contracted

revenue

3

Trading,

merchant

revenue

and losses

FY25

746

895

+149

-32

-49

FY24

0

Electricity

Volumes

77

96

Electricity

Prices

2

Other

products

2

0

OpexFY25

-17

Electricity gross margin

(-$19m)

Electricity

and network

cost inflation

Price recovery

2

Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.

FY25 results: Segmental performance

1

Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.

Underlying EBITDAF is shown excluding a net $12 million AGS onerous contract

provision movement in FY24 and a $98m provision release in FY25.

3

Stats NZ CPI increase over the 12 months to June 2025 plus

wage inflation.

4

Net of $4.3m of Manawa transaction costs incurred in FY24.

-51

-55

-73

FY24

2

Inflation

2

Growth &

performance

FY25

before

Manawa

costs

18

Manawa

Transaction

and

Integration

Costs

FY25

-22

3

4

20
Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)

Generation costs rose despite strong geothermal growth, reflecting elevated gas and demand response costs

FY24FY25

Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)

Generation costs

FY25 results: Wholesale business

Gas and diesel

Acquired

Thermal

Renewable

Gas storage

1

Carbon costs

Electricity and gas

transmission and levies

Other operating costs

Generation volumes


FY25 saw two distinct periods of historically low hydro inflows. The

result was a reduction in hydro generation of 331GWh (9%) when

compared to FY24 and 603GWh below mean (~15% vs 3,900GWh).


Geothermal volumes were up 1,156GWh on FY24 (34%). This

increase was a result of Tauhara being operational for the entire

period and Te Huka 3 being operational for 2H25. Their 1.5TWh

contribution was partly offset by statutory outages at other stations.


While thermal generation was required to support periods of low hydro

inflows, particularly in Winter 2024 and Q1 2025, it was down on FY24

by 532GWh as the geothermal stations were online.


While acquired generation was used to help cover supply risk from

reduced hydro inflows in FY25, total volume was down 123GWh on

FY24. Costs, but not volume associated with the call on NZAS

demand response FY25 are captured in acquired generation.

Costs


Renewable generation costs were up $23m (18%) on FY24 due to the

costs of operating new stations ($7m within opex), geothermal outage

acceleration, higher transmission costs and rates.


Thermal generation costs, were up $15m (7%) on increased average

cost of gas as a result of short-term purchases in a constrained market

(FY24: $8.5/GJ, FY25: $15.4/GJ).


Acquired generation costs were up $29m (31%) despite lower volume.

Reflects NZAS demand response payments of $35m

2

and no

associated volume recognised (FY24: $159/MWh, FY25: $264/MWh).

3,388

4,543

3,628

3,297

1,620

1,088

585

462

FY24FY25

Acquired

Thermal

Hydro

Geothermal

9,220

9,390

114

134

126

34

149

37

218

113

233

143

93

62

122

61

27

93

122

5

Generation

type

Cost

type

8

Generation

type

14

Cost

type

443443

511511

+68

81%

Renewable % of

own generation

88%

$48.02/MWh

$54.40/MWh

1

Gas storage costs exclude the $12 million net movement in the AGS provision in FY24 and

the $98 million provision release recognised in FY25. In FY25, gas storage costs include a

$14.6 million provision unwind released throughout the year.

Development

Acquired generation

costs

2

Total payments to NZAS. Does not account for foregone revenue from

NZAS on the demand response volume nor any associated sales opportunity.

21
562

601

163

169

376

471

67

146

11

3

-11

FY24


4

5

-9

FY25

Other net income

Steam sales

Strategic fixed price sales

CFD sales

C&I net price

Retail segment sales

C&I channel

and decarbonisation

support costs

1,171

1,386

+215

3,689GWh

$162.9/MWh

Contracted

revenue ($m)

Diversified mix of long-term and ASX linked sales channels

2,297GWh

$204.9/MWh

-112GWh

+$15.15MWh

-276GWh

+$58.6/MWh

Contracted wholesale revenue increased across most channels, supported by

higher prices and strategic volume shifts.

•Sales to the retail segment were 112GWh lower than FY24, with warmer

conditions reducing usage per connection. The electricity transfer price rose by

$15/MWh to $163/MWh—reflecting higher wholesale prices over the past three

years—resulting in a $39 million increase in revenue.

•C&I channel sales were marginally higher in FY25 (+41GWh) with fueling

limitations in Winter 2024 and early 2025 reducing the ability to sell additional

volume in the period. Net price improved slightly (+$0.2MWh) reflecting customer

contracts repricing closer to the prevailing ASX price during the period.

•CFD volumes fell by 276GWh as more sales volume was allocated to long-term

strategic channels. This was partly offset by a large risk management contract

sold to Meridian in 1H25. CFD pricing rose by $58.6/MWh to $205/MWh,

reflecting the market conditions.

•Strategic fixed price volumes rose by 508GWh, driven by new PPAs linked to

Tauhara and higher contracted volumes to NZAS. This was partly offset by NZAS

demand response during the period. Pricing for these sales increased by

$29.5/MWh, reflecting both the Tauhara-backed PPAs and a full year of sales

under the new NZAS agreement effective 1 July 2024.

•Other income was lower due to a loss on gas sales, driven by a materially higher

weighted average cost of gas following purchases from Methanex in early FY25.

Wholesale contracted revenue

1,170GWh

$144.1/MWh

+41GWh

+$0.2/MWh

FY25 results: Wholesale business

1,727GWh

$84.7/MWh

+508GWh

+$29.5/MWh

Year-on-year

changes to

volume and price

FY25 volumes

and price

22
Trading EBITDAF ($m)Long / short position (GWh)

$178.4/MWh

4.8%

($8.5 / MWh)

9.0%

($7.4 / MWh)

In FY24, hydro volatility and elevated spot prices led to

reduced hydro generation and increased reliance on

higher-cost thermal, resulting in lower merchant

generation compared to FY23. This trend continued in

FY25, with merchant generation remaining broadly flat

year-on-year.

FY25 conditions were shaped by:

•Historically low hydro inflows, significantly reducing

hydro output.

•Lower wind generation, compounding the supply gap.

•Elevated wholesale spot prices throughout the year.

•Significant demand response from NZAS, helping

reduce system demand during tight periods.

•A shift away from merchant exposure, as short-dated

electricity sales contracts were used to de-risk

material gas arrangements.

The LWAP/GWAP spread widened to 9%, reflecting

volatile market conditions, including periods of higher

South Island prices and periods where generation at

thermal nodes was concentrated (suppressing pricing).

Trading revenue

Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the

spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.

LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences

between where electricity is generated and purchased.

Wholesale trading and merchant revenue

$197.9MWh

Spot purchases and

sell CFD settlement

Spot sales and buy

CFD settlement

Merchant generation

91

100

-73

-80

FY24FY25

18

20

513

507

8,707

-8,707

FY24

8,883

-8,883

FY25

513

507

FY25 results: Wholesale business

LWAP/GWAP

losses

23
1

Retail business performance

EBITDAF ($m)

Managing through rising wholesale input costs while growing market share through a multi-product strategy

Revenue & Tariff

1

($m)

FY25FY24Variance

$mTariff$m$mTariff

Electricity revenue

1,079$312/MWh1,01861+$25/MWh

Gas revenue

103$49/GJ967+$8/GJ

Telco revenue

101$72/Mth8219-

Other income

710-3

Total revenue

1,2901,20684

Contract Asset (closing)

330

# of connections (closing)

1

642k621k

Cost to serve/connection

2


$116$123

1

Retail connections only, excludes Simply Energy.

2

Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections. Includes customer

acquisition costs.

10

13

8

18

17

7

-11

-74

-74

FY24FY25

Other

Gas GM

Electricity GM

Telco GM

Other operating

expenses

-32

-49

4

-17

Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods

(Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco)

3

Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP.

FY25 results: Retail business

Retail margins have contracted, driven by sustained high wholesale

prices and rising distribution costs.

•Retail EBITDAF decreased by $17m on FY24 largely driven by

the $96m increase in electricity input costs that were not fully

passed through to customers.

The average retail electricity tariff increased by 8.8% reflecting

targeted retail price rises to partially offset rising wholesale costs

and full recovery of lines cost increases.

•Around 91% of customers received a price increase in the last 12

months.

As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is

expected to remain, including:

•Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.

4

•Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.

This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay

over the coming years.

Connections grew strongly since 2H24 particularly through telco and

Time of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on multi-

product customers.

•Total connections +21k on FY24with telco up 15k and energy

up 6k.

•Multi-product customers up 7% on FY24, driven by strong telco

product attachment alongside ToU Good plans growth.

Cost to serve – reduced by $7/connection, largely driven by

increased connections, lower marketing spend and productivity

improvements through continued growth in digitised interactions,

partially offset by wage inflation.

73k

109k

439k

FY24

73k

124k

445k

FY25

Gas

Telco

Electricity

621k

642k

Closing connections (k)

Electricity

transfer price

3

$148/MWh$164/MWh

Networks,

meters and

levies

3

$118/MWh$132/MWh

4

From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges

began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average

(depending on region and usage profile).

24
Other operating cost movement ($m)

Base

movement

Non-recurring and performance items

•FY24 included $4 million of one-off costs related to assessing the Manawa

acquisition (in addition to costs for cyclone repair and restructuring).

•In FY25, non-recurring spend outside of Manawa included feasibility costs for the

Wairakei extension, SAP Ariba implementation and restructuring. FY25 saw an

increase in employee incentives, reflecting strong performance outcomes.

Base movement

•General inflation contributed approximately $3 million (2.7%). However, several

key cost categories rose faster than inflation:

•Labour costs increased by 3.5%, including $5 million for staff

development under the Grow Your Whānau parental support programme.

•Rates rose by 36% ($1 million).

•Staff benefit costs higher—including medical insurance, electricity

subsidy support, and increased retirement contributions— to support

capability retention.

•Insurance costs increased by 20%, although this was partly offset by

changes to the insurance programme structure.

•Productivity improvements in the Retail and C&I businesses helped

mitigate some of these cost pressures.

Growth

•Retail connection growth added $1 million in operating costs.

•Tauhara and Te Huka 3 contributed $7 million in additional operating expenditure.

•A further $2 million was invested in feasibility work for future geothermal, wind,

and solar development.

Operating costs reflect inflation, growth, and one-

off items related to the Manawa acquisition

General cost inflation

Growth

FY25 results: Other operating costs

Headwinds

FY25 One-off Impacts

FY24 One-off Impacts

5

10

11

10

7

2

4

Non-recurring

3

0

Base movementGrowthUnderlying

Opex

FY25 Manawa

Related Costs

FY25

Reported

253

0

13

276

18294

FY24

Non-recurring

and

performance

Productivity savings

Manawa Costs

FY25 Performance

Integration Costs

Transaction Costs

25
•Higher underlying EBITDAF, as detailed on slide 18.

•Working capital change was a negative $35m impact to OpFCF (vs. positive $31m in FY24),

mainly due to increased gas inventory purchases—both in volume and cost per GJ.

•Tax paidwas $9m higher, reflecting stronger operating profit and the July 2024 final wash-up

payment for FY24.

•Interest paid, net of capitalised interest, rose by $56m. This was driven by the commissioning

of Tauhara, which reduced the amount of interest eligible for capitalisation compared to FY24.

12 months

ended

30 June 2025

12 months

ended

30 June 2024

Comparison

against FY24

EBITDAF (underlying)$774m$663m↑$111m

Working capital changes($35m)$31m↓($66m)

Tax paid($106m)($97m)↓($9m)

Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($77m)($21m)↓($56m)

SIB capital expenditure

1

($110m)($156m)↓$46m

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF($12m)$4m↓$16m

Operating free cash flow

1

$434m$424m↑$10m

Operating free cash flow per share54.4 c53.9 c↑0.5 c

Cash conversion (OpFCF / underlying

EBITDAF)

55%64%↓down 9%

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

Cash conversion lower with strong EBITDAF growth offset by negative working capital changes and interest

Cash flow and capital expenditure

Sources and uses of cash ($m)

FY25 results: Cash flow

14620017496251

NOPAT - $m

1

Pre-FID costs associated with Te Mihi Stage 2 have been reclassified as SIB capex in FY24 ($46m). These were previously allocated to growth capex. FY24 operating cash flow has been adjusted accordingly.

2

NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as a proxy for cash tax paid). Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of:

net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50m) + non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-current derivatives). The ROIC calculation includes the after-tax movement in the AGS

provision over time. In FY25 this amounted to a $71m benefit in the NOPAT figure.

3

ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average).

4

ROIC (FY) is calculated as Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY).

434

309

110

285

6

0

473

Sources

13

361

43

Uses

1,0171,017

Cash Used

Debt drawdown

OpFCF

Dividend

re-invested (DRP)

Sale of asset

Strategic investments / acquisitions

Growth investment

Dividends paid

Financing costs

Realised losses on market derivatives

0

1

2

3

4

5

8

9

3.6%

3.7%

3.7%

3.3%

3.7%

4.9%

ROIC (average)

3

ROIC (FY)

4

475

Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)

2

Average IC

($m)

4,575

4,482

4,518

4,874

5,349

5,670

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

26
Growth capital expenditure

1

Excludes ~$1m of development capex that has been approved to advance Manawa projects in FY26.

2

Total under current board approvals.

3

For Te Mihi Stage 2, the board approved an additional $49m contingency (over and above the contingency amount already included in the expected and approved total construction cost of $712m) to account for a scenario where a broader range of

risks materialise and to ensure prudent balance sheet management. If called on, this would take the total cost to $761m.

4

Relates primarily to Western coil tube drilling and deployment of demand flex technology.

5

Relates to Te Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS development.

6

Excludes pre-FID development expenses for solar which are captured within receivables.

Growth capital expenditure – cash basis ($m)¹

Up to

30 June 2024

12 months ended

30 June 2025

Remaining under

current approvals

Total²

Tauhara$852m$53m$26m$931m

Te Huka 3$246m$47m$12m$305m

Te Mihi Stage 2$57m$144m$511m$712m

3

Wind$13m$8m$5m$26m

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS$5m$87m$71m$163m

Other

4

$17m$2m$3m$23m

Capitalised interest$173m$23m$70m

5

$266m

Total$1,363m$363m$697m$2,425m

Contact’s FY25 growth investment demonstrates progress in the strategic execution of its renewable

development pipeline

•Construction commenced in FY25 on three major renewable projects: the

Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery Energy Storage System (BESS), the Kōwhai

Park solar farm, and the Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal plant.

•The totals shown reflect board-approved funding and include pre-FID sunk

costs of $66 million for Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal and $5 million for the

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS.

•Construction of the Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants is now

complete. Remaining spend on Tauhara relates to planned works during its

first statutory outage in November 2025. For Te Huka 3, the remaining

spend reflects final milestone payments due post-completion.

•Contact does not currently have any wind projects under construction. The

reported wind development spend reflects pre-FID activity only.

•For major growth projects, Contact capitalises interest from the point of

FID—or from the commencement of significant pre-FID works—through to

commissioning. The capitalisation rate reflects the average interest rate

across the portfolio.

•Contact’s investment in the Kōwhai Park solar farm is accounted for as an

investment in joint ventures and associates, and is therefore excluded from

growth capital expenditure.

Up to

30 June 2024

12 months ended

30 June 2025

Remaining under

current approvals

Total²

Solar

6

--$37m$37m

C0

2

$2m$5m$1m$7m

Forestry$44m$39m$1m$84m

Total$45m$43m$39m$128m

Investment in joint ventures and associates ($m)

FY25 results: Cash flow

27
Approach and FY25 highlights

•Contact’s capital management strategy is

anchored to maintaining an investment grade

credit rating, which is supported by a net debt

to EBITDAF sustainably below 3.0x. At FY25

year-end, the point estimate of net debt to

EBITDAF was 2.3x.

•During FY25, Contact issued a NZ$250 million

Capital Bond and a A$400 million Australian

Medium Term Note (AMTN). Both instruments

were certified Green under the Climate Bonds

Initiative framework and support the funding of

Contact’s renewable development pipeline.

Looking ahead

•Following the completion of the Manawa

acquisition on 11 July 2025, Contact raised

NZ$900 million in new bank debt. This was

used to repay Manawa’s existing bonds

(NZ$388 million), settle bank facilities, and fund

the cash consideration paid to Manawa

shareholders.

•It is expected that the Manawa acquisition will

increase net debt to EBITDAF in the near term

and it may temporarily lift above 3.0x. However,

it is expected to return below the threshold as

the benefits of the acquisition are realised.

Contact’s diverse funding sources enable continued renewable build

Closing net debt ($m)

Face value of borrowings less cash

Interest rate (%)

Weighted average gross interest

2

on average borrowings

Net debt to EBITDAF (x)

Includes S&P adjustments

3

Borrowing maturities ($m)

Average tenor of 7.7 years as at 30 June 2025

Supportive balance sheet

1

Includes $87m (FY24) and $0m (FY25) of collateral held on deposit for margin calls associated with the trading of electricity price derivatives on the ASX. Includes $180m of commercial paper (FY25) not shown in borrowings breakdown (right).

2

Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.

3

Illustrated here on a point basis based on expected S&P adjustments. See breakdown of S&P approach on slide 51.

774

1,025

1,474

1,831

2,314

-514

22

-44

FY20

21

-150

FY21

25

-168

FY22

49

-140

FY23

47

-229

FY24

50

FY25

1

1,014

645

882

1,383

1,649

1,850

1,036

Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand

67

434

435

225

250

135

150

300

250

350

350

7

FY26

7

FY27

22

4

FY28FY29FY30FY31FY32FY52FY55

142

157

625

717

Undrawn bank facilities

Domestic bonds

USPP

NEXI

Capital bonds

AMTN

2.4

1.4

1.8

2.6

2.7

2.3

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

974

892

5.2%

FY20

5.2%

FY21

5.4%

FY22

5.8%

FY23

6.1%

FY24

5.8%

FY25

1,029

1,310

1,727

1,973

Average gross interestAverage gross debt

FY25 results: Key balance sheet metrics

1

28
Dividend for FY25 of 39 cents per share

•The final dividend of 23 cents per share is imputed up to 57% or 13 cents per share for qualifying shareholders.

•This takes the total FY25 dividend declared to 39 cents per share, representing a pay-out of 82% of FY25 operating

free cash flow and 101% of the average operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial years (FY21-FY24).

•The record date is 26 August 2025; payment date is 24 September 2025.

•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on

3 September 2025.

Dividend per share for FY25 39cps, up 5%

Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)

•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they

will remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their participation

level.

•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY25 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or suspend

the plan at any time.

•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 27 August 2025 to confirm participation in the plan.

•The trading period for setting the price for the DRP is 25 August 2025 to 29 August 2025. The DRP strike price

will be announced: 1 September 2025.

Ordinary dividends ($m)

Declared

Final dividend

Interim dividend

% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow

3535

35

37

39

83%

97%

68%82%

Operating free cash flow

Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years

Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80-100% of average operating free cash flow of

the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating free cash flow

contribution from Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first few years

post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not constrained in

delivering the expected DPS uplift. This has been the approach taken in FY25. If the shares

issued as consideration for Manawa are excluded, the FY25 dividend declared would represent a

pay-out of 72% of FY25 operating free cash flow and 89% of the preceding 4-year average.

309

247

FY21

326

261

FY22

333

266

82%

FY23

318

256

92%

FY24

352

282

101%

FY25

371330

282

➢Annual operating

free cash flow

100%

80%

Dividend level

as a % of preceeding

4yr operating fcf

163

164

165

181

227

109

109

109

110

128

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

272

273

274

291

355

cps

73%

424434

1

All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policy and are dependent

on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.

Dividend expectations

•Contact indicated that it expects to lift the total dividend in FY26 to 40cps and between 41 and 42cps in FY27.

1


‒On this basis, dividends in FY26-FY27 are expected to be imputed up to ~80%.

•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.

Reflects 101% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years

29
Normalised and expected FY26 EBITDAF $980m

1

Before Manawa transaction and integration costs and assuming mean hydrology and wind conditions

Strategic fixed price3,960GWh$95/MWh$376m

CFDs1,700GWh$155/MWh$264m

C&I1,750GWh$165/MWh$289m

Retail3,825GWh$164/MWh$627m

Other income

4

$100m

$1,656m

Hydro mean5,750GWh$0/MWh-$0m

Geothermal average4,950GWh$4/MWh-$20m

Thermal275GWh$215/MWh

5

-$59m

Renewable PPAs830GWh$100/MWh=-$83m

Acquired200GWhx$260/MWh

6

=-$52m

-$214m

Length

7

$139mTransmission/Storage-$90m

Location losses

8

-$140mOpex underlying (including in-year synergies)-$370m

Opex - Integration & transaction costs -$35m

Total Opex-$405m

Total$-1mTotal -$495m

2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP).

3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh.

4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income.

ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS

5. Gas price of $16/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10.5GJ/MWh).

6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO (operational from 1 Jan 2026), and

NZAS demand response.

7. Length of 770GWh p.a. assumed.

8. Locational losses of 6.5% on spot purchases and settlement of

CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $180/MWh.

* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.

1,046

654

Channel choices maximise

long term value

2

1

Net price

3

driven by

best commercial practices

2

x

=

FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY26

Fuel cost

Net Revenue

Trading

Fixed costs

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel* drives

financials & risk position

Total

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

1,535

215

3,825

3,960

CFDs

C&I

Retail

Strategic fixed

$155/

MWh

$165/

MWh

$164/

MWh**

ContractedUncontracted

1,656

-214

-90

-370

-1

-35

945

x

153

150

160

123

219219219

247247247

142

133

140

111

140

183183

223

160

147

Aug-

25

Sep-

25

Oct-

25

Nov-

25

Dec-

25

160

Jan-

26

Feb-

26

Mar-

26

Apr-

26

May-

26

Jun-

26

ASX Futures $/MWh

At 6 Aug 2025

$95/

MWh

OTA monthly

OTA Quarterly

BEN Monthly

BEN Quarterly

1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro refurbishments).


=

Trading delivers value to largely

offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

Reported basis

Includes $35m

integration and

transaction costs

Opex (underlying)

Opex (integration

and transaction)

$m

** Retail volume contracted. Competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.Note: All figures are subject to rounding.

GWh:

30
Update on

Manawa and

strategic

delivery

31
31

Recap: A strategically compelling acquisition

Combined portfolio will see mean renewable

generation of more than 11TWh

2

with ~98%

renewable output

2

, accelerating Contact’s

strategy to grow renewable generation while

decarbonising its portfolio.

1

Geographically diversified hydro schemes are

complementary, enhancing portfolio resilience

and the volume of fixed price supply agreements

able to be placed into the market.

1

2

Hydro flexibility is expected to provide firming to

expedite intermittent renewable development.

3

Highest value options can be advanced from an

attractive and diversified combined

development pipeline, supported by Contact &

Manawa’s renewable development execution

capabilities.

4

1

When compared to the volume that can be supported by Contact’s and Manawa’s standalone hydro portfolios.

2

Based on long term average hydrological conditions and an expectation of 200GWh to 300GWh of gas generation through the Stratford peakers following the planned closure of the Taranaki Combined Cycle gas plant in late 2025. Excludes

any short-term acquired generation purchases e.g. fuel replacement via ASX which will reflect the renewable mix of the market.

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

123456789101112

Seasonal shape

Monthly averages (2007-2023)

Manawa

Contact

Output relative to average (x)

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

200720092011201320152017201920212023

Manawa

Contact

Volatility and generation shape over time

Output relative to average (x)

Average

Average

JanFebMarJunJulSepOctNovDecAprMayAug

32
Delivering on the promise of the Manawa acquisition

Contact is well-positioned to deliver the benefits of the Manawa acquisition, backed by market tailwinds and a

proven integration approach

Re-cap: Expected benefits on transaction announcement (EBITDAF)

1


Status

Key changes

Cost

synergies


$23m – $28m

100% within 18-24 months

Generation

normalisation


~$11m

MCY, PPA & C&I

contract rollover


~$21m

Expected portfolio

benefits


$10m - 20m

Embedded value – Future Manawa standalone earnings potential


On track


On track


On track


On track

Continued integration plan

refinement has underpinned

confidence in cost synergies

➢Targeting $25m - $28m

operating cost reduction

➢Targeting $26m - $29m cash

opex and financing cost

synergies

➢100% within 12-18 months

(exit run-rate)

Key milestones met in Manawa

asset refurbishment programme

➢Matahina upgrade completed

in FY25 (17GWh mean annual

uplift)

➢On track to achieve mean

annual hydro generation of

1,991GWh from FY28

Contact’s view of long-term

wholesale prices remains

$115 to $125/MWh

2


➢Benefit of ~$21m is a long-

term estimate i.e. no change

➢Near-term upside from ASX

electricity futures uplift since

announcement

Emerging market trends

support future quantified and

non-quantified portfolio

benefits

Widening of winter / summer

ASX electricity futures pricing

gap since announcement

(up >20%)

➢Value shift to flexibility

1

Expected EBITDAF benefits as presented at announcement on 11

th

September 2024 – Shown with reference to Manawa’s FY24 EBITDAF (March year end).

2

Real 2025. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.

33
ASX Futures (Quarterly, base period, OTA)

3

$/MWh

Increase in electricity futures prices expected to provide

higher near-term hedge repricing benefits

1

Represents incremental annual output delivered by the programme. Assumes mean hydro and a 2021 baseline.

2

Phased uplift to occur from FY26.

Winter 2026 and winter 2027 ASX futures

up >20% vs. announcement

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

Q1Q2Q3Q4Q1Q2Q3Q4Q1Q2Q3Q4

1,576

457

1,079

825

576

326

250

869

748

1,001

1,251

1,500

1,750

500

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

FY26FY27FY28FY29FY30FY31

76

FY32

Roll-off (cumulative)ASX-linked

4

Fixed price (set 2021) + CPI

GWh

+21%

+22%

Key milestones met in Manawa’s asset refurbishment

programme: On track for 1,991GWh p.a. mean output from FY28

Project StatusUplift (GWh)

1

Branch

Completed

10

Matahina

Completed

17

Waipori

Completed

-

Cobb

Completed

-

Arnold

Completed

-

Various

Completed

20

Highbank

On track – FY27

8

Coleridge

On track – FY28

2

23

Total

78

47

12

14

59

72

78

0

20

40

60

80

FY22-FY25FY26FY27

6

FY28

Hydro uplift over time – approved projects

1


(30 June year end)

Hydro improvement project status

Asset upgrades and market tailwinds building

confidence

Current

At announcement

Completed (cumulative)

On track

Mercury hedge volume

(30 June year end)

3

ASX NZ Electricity Otahuhu base quarter futures pricing as at 30 July 2025.

4

Pricing linked to historic rolling ASX prices from 1 October 2026.

Volume is winter-weighted

(60% / 40%; winter / summer)

CY 2026CY 2027CY 2028

GWh

34
Cost synergies on track

Opex reduction target: In-year benefit

$m

FY26FY27

Opex reduction target: Exit run-rate

$m

FY26FY27FY26FY27

Integration costs (opex)

1

$m

Integration Management Office (IMO) established.....

A well resourced integration management programme is in place

6

Integration management

workstreams

9

Functional

workstreams

~70

Initiatives

Executive sponsorship for each workstream and initiative

IMO accountabilities:

▪Ensure a smooth transition for teams, systems, and operations.

▪Achieve ~70% of targeted cost reductions within the first six months

(exit run-rate basis).

▪Deliver the full value of the acquisition, including cost synergies.

▪Guide the organisation through its transition to the future operating model.

.....with granular plans firming up targets for cost synergies

Cost reduction targets confirmed (all shown pre-tax)

Opex reduction target at

announcement:

Opex reduction target

now:

$23m - $28m

100% within 18-24

months post completion

(exit run-rate)

100% within 12-18

months post completion

(exit run-rate)

$26m - $29m

Cash opex and financing

cost synergy target:

100% within 12-18

months post-completion

(exit run-rate)

33 – 37

20 – 25

10 – 15

10 – 20

23 – 27

Expected combined operating costs FY26

$m

$m

Opex reduction (in-year benefit)10 – 20

Less: Integration costs within opex

1

(20 – 25)

Less: Transaction costs within opex (13)

Total operating costs(400 – 410)

1

Approved integration costs (both opex and capex) total $45m over FY25 to FY27 ($7m has been incurred in FY25) with an additional $9m contingency. The ultimate allocation between opex and capex is dependent on accounting treatment and is

yet to be confirmed.

$25m - $28m

22 – 25

25 – 28

35
Upside from portfolio combination benefits to come

Since the acquisition announcement, updated New Zealand

gas reserve data shows a decline of more than 20% in forecast

production for each year through to 2030, relative to 2024

estimates.

1

Limited gas availability and rising costs have

pushed the marginal cost of thermal generation above

$200/MWh.

Material downgrade to gas

field reserves

Supported by market trends... ... which are expected to grow the portfolio combination benefits

Winter Summer Price

Separation Widening

Value shift to flexibility

While average prices continue to reflect long-run economics,

ASX Futures show winter prices rising significantly faster

than summer prices. This trend is driven by the need to

recover higher thermal fuel costs and the growing share of

must-run renewables in the market. Futures for winter 2026

and 2027 are now up >20% compared to levels at the time

of the acquisition announcement.

We expect market value to increasingly favour operators of

flexible, intra-day assets and those with fuel storage—rather

than intermittent renewable generators.

Combined inflow

characteristics

Increasing

importance of

flexibility

More efficient

participation in spot

market

How is it

captured?

Quantification

(2025, Real, $m)

13

•Portfolio diversification reduces risk.

•Increased fixed-price sales enhance revenue certainty.

•Greater flexibility in managing stored fuel (eg AGS and Hydro).

•Reduced generation costs through avoided gas use.

•Lower spend on risk management products (e.g. HFO).

•Improved arbitrage margins from battery storage (BESS).

•Higher generation-weighted average price (GWAP).

•Increasing GWAP:TWAP

ratio for key flexible

assets over time.

Benefits quantified

and included in

acquisition

evaluation


?

Not included in acquisition

evaluation. Benefits

present future upside

potential

•$10m - $20m, mid-point $15m targeted FY27

2

•$5m targeted FY26

2

•n/a

Focus on capturing the benefits of increased generation flexibility, increased access to renewable winter energy

and reducing hydrology risk

•Initial coordination in place from Day 1 through existing communications and

processes.

•Gradual integration of dispatch operations across both portfolios.

•Enhanced real-time decision-making to optimise dispatch across all assets.

Steps to

achieve

1

Source: MBIE 2P reserves data published 5 June 2025; Contact analysis.

2

This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions.

•Unlock further flexibility and

improve monetisation with

improvedtrading of assets.

2

36
Combined portfolio 98% renewable from FY26 (mean wind and hydro)

1

Final commissioning activities were ongoing at the illustrated online dates for each of Tauhara and Te Huka 3. Those commissioning activities were completed in FY25.

2

The uplift of 78GWh p.a. is on a 2021 base and assumes mean hydrology. As at 30 June 2025, asset refurbishments have been completed delivering 47GWh p.a. of this uplift, with work continuing on the 31GWh p.a. remaining. See slide 33.

3

FY25 generation figures reflect actual volumes in FY25. FY26 and FY28 volumes assume mean hydro and wind generation and account for planned hydro outages (refurbishments) and the geothermal statutory outage schedule. See slide 47.

4

Other geothermal volume excludes geothermal PPA purchases due to the near-term completion of the contract (December 2026).

Summary of renewable projectsdelivered and underconstruction

Expectedgeneration(indicative):

Indicative output by source over time (TWh)

3

Existing plant and committed projects only:

1.0

0.6

1.3

0.9

2.3

1.4

2.6

3.3

1.1

5.8

FY25

0.3

FY26

8.9

11.6

+30%

100MW/200MWh

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS

Other renewable

electricity assets

available by FY28

Wind (PPA)

Tauhara

online

1

TeHuka3

online

1

TeMihi Stage2

(0.8TWh)

Wairakei Partial closure

(-0.6TWh)

Glenbrook-

Ohurua

BESS

(100MW)

Roxburgh hydro

(45GWh p.a. mean uplift)

KōwhaiPark

Solar

(0.3TWh)

2024202520262027

Calendaryear

Delivered

Under

construction

Manawa hydro asset refurbishments

(78GWh p.a. mean uplift)

2

Renewable output:

88%~98%

Annual mean renewables to support electricity sales to be above 12TWh per annum from FY28

0.6

2.2

2.5

5.9

0.2

0.2

0.5

FY28

12.1

~98%

Wairakei station

Te Mihi

Other geothermal

4

Solar

Hydro

Thermal

Chart excludes short-term

acquired generation

purchases e.g. fuel

replacement via ASX which

will reflect the renewable

mix of the market

37
Development prioritised as the market requires

Grid connection and transmission

Ease of consent; Ease of construction

Quality of resource; Capacity factors

Development options across Contact and Manawa’s integrated pipeline will be prioritised and advanced based on

key strategic evaluation criteria and guiding capital allocation principles

Location and shape vs. demand

Portfolio diversification and fit

Relative cost; Funding model

Key strategic evaluation criteria for renewable projects

Investtodelivervalueaccretivegrowth

•Returnsimprovedthroughprioritisationofnon-equityfunding.

•Projectsrankedconsideringreturnsavailableandoverallportfolioimplications.

•Allocate capital to strategic priorities, with an ability to scale down in downside scenarios.

Optimise existing operations and manage risk

•Reducecarbonexposure and manage marketvolatilityduringthethermaltransition.

•Disciplinedapproachtosustainingcapitalspend.

−Efficient deployment of stay-in-business capital expenditure.

•Strong operating cash flow.

Continuetoattractcapital

•Delivercompetitiveshareholderreturnsincludingdividendcommitment.

−Reliable ordinary dividends that increase in line with growth in cash flow.

−Pay-out ratio of 80-100% of average operating free cash-flow over the preceding 4 years.

•Balancesheetstrength with investment grade credit metrics through the cycle.

−Target BBB <3x net debt to EBITDAF.

−If temporarily above, always have clear plan to restore metrics.

Recap: Contact’s guiding capital allocation principles

Considering supportive market conditions and a broad range of attractive

projects post Manawa acquisition, we will prioritise investments to grow

shareholder value and distributions

Strategic evaluation criteria are used to prioritise development options

that will offer the most attractive returns on investment; prioritised

projects compete under our capital allocation framework

38
Project

Capacity

(MW)

1

Estimated

output (GWh)

Expected

online date

Earliest

available

investment

timing /

decision

2

Project status

Land

secured

Consent

lodged

Consented

Under

construction

Contact

Committed

Kōwhai Park Solar168275Q2 CY2026

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS100n/aQ1 CY2026

Te Mihi Stage 2101840Q3 CY2027

Assessing

Glorit Solar170280FY26

Glenbrook BESS 200

3

200

3

n/aFY26

Southland Wind

4

3261,210FY27

Strafford BESS

5

100n/aFY27

Stratford Solar180300FY27

Other solar7001,155Various

Other wind6852,470Various

Other geothermal

6

TBC~1TWh>FY28

ManawaAssessing

Argyle 1 & 2

90177FY26

Kaipara

113190FY27

Huriwaka

300890FY27

Hawke's Bay Airport

4580FY27

Kaihiku (JV)

7

3001,060FY27

Hapuakohe

230710FY28

Mackenzie Basin

283540FY28

Ototoka

150530FY29

Marlborough Wind

100330FY29

Development options across a diverse combined pipeline of >10TWh

An attractive and diversified development pipeline

1.Capacity for solar projects is shown as MWp.

2.All available FID timings are to be confirmed.

3.Indicative sizing at FID. Consent application filed for 400MW

new capacity, providing future optionality.

4.Based on 6MW turbines. Turbine size is to be confirmed.

5.Capacity of 100MW consented. Preparing to seek consent

for additional capacity.

6.Reflects uplift in output available from Tauhara Stage 2 and

Te Mihi Stage 3 from consented fluid take.

7.Kaihiku is a 50:50 JV with 300MW total capacity.

Solar options

Wind options

Land access secured

Consenting underway

Consented

7TWh

3TWh

Combined solar and wind pipeline

options of >10TWh

39
Our operational plan for the next 12 months

FY26

Achieve FID for CO

2


Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS online Q1 CY2026

Kōwhai Park solar online Q2 CY2026

Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal on track for

online Q3 CY2027

Close TCC gas generation plant late CY 2025

Scope 1 & 2 emissions <650ktCO

2

e

2

Multi-product customers >156k (up from 149k)

Cost to serve <$116/connection

3

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create outstanding

customer

experiences

Strategic theme

Grow

Demand

Subject to market conditions and

obtaining consents, achieve FID on:

▪Solar (e.g. Glorit, Argyle); and/or

▪Glenbrook 200 BESS

New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >250MW

1

At least 50% of new demand contracted in-year structured

with favourable shape (considering load and generation)

Sustained New Zealand leadership position in

the Asia Pacific DJSI

Next update on strategy will be provided at Contact’s November 2025 Capital Markets Day

Manawa

integration

In-year benefits target:

▪Opex reduction $10m to $20m

▪Portfolio benefits $5m

4

Targeting net price up by ~2%

Exit run-rate benefits target:

▪Opex reduction $22m to $25m

▪Portfolio benefits $10m to $20m

4

Consents lodged on at

least 2 renewable

development projects

1

Cumulative measure (~230MW as at 30 June 2025). Shown on a total contracted basis.

2

Assumes mean hydrological conditions.

3

Excludes customer acquisition costs.

4

This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions.

40
Questions

41
Supporting

materials

42
Guidance topics

FY25 guidanceFY25 resultFY26 guidanceFY26 Guidance Commentary

Stay in business (SIB) capex (cash)

$120-130m$110m$175m - $190m

SIB capital expenditure BAU

$77m - $87m$71m$115m - $125mAt the mid-point ~$5m higher than long-run expectations due to consenting.

SIB accelerated programme

~$40m$36m$12m - $13m Close-out of Contact’s $150m accelerated capex programme announced 2021.

SIB capital expenditure Wairakei

$2m - $3m$3m$20m - $25mWairakei extension costs.

SIB capital expenditure enhancements and integration

nana$23m - $27mGeothermal wells (~$8m), Manawa hydro refurbishment (~$12m) and integration.

Growth capital expenditure (cash)

1

$450m - $550m$363m$390m - $400mGrowth capital for Tauhara, Te Huka 3, Te Mihi Stage 2, Wind and BESS projects.

Depreciation and amortisation

$275m - $285m$273m$280m - $290m

Reflects useful life changes on thermal assets, introduction of Tauhara and Te

Huka 3 as well as Manawa expected depreciation.

Net interest (accounting)

$105m - $115m$100m $145m - $165m

Reduction in capitalisation of interest with Tauhara commissioning. Higher interest

rate environment and increased borrowings with Manawa acquisition.

Cash interest (in operating cash flow)

$85m - $95m$80m$135m - $155m

Cash taxation

$105m - $115m$106m$130m - $140m

FY26 provisional payments based on FY24 results and higher final tax payment

relating to FY25. Includes estimated Manawa tax payments.

Realised (gains) / losses on market derivates not in a

hedge relationship

$15m - $20m$13m$10m - $15mIncluding (gains) / losses on ASX market making.

Corporate costs - ex Manawa

$54m$55m$55m

Reflects Contact corporate costs only. Manawa corporate costs are all allocated to

wholesale. As integration progresses, allocations may be updated.

Corporate costs - Manawa integration and transaction

$20m$18m$30m - $40mNon-recurring costs relating to the Manawa acquisition.

Target ordinary dividend per share

39 cps39 cps40 cpsIncrease in the ordinary dividend to reflect benefits of the Manawa acquisition

Operating cash flow conversion

50%55%

2

~50%

Higher interest costs as investments come online (meaning lower capitalised

interest) and reflecting Manawa debt. Working capital to support HFO.

1

Growth capital expenditure includes capitalised interest.

2

Based on $774m underlying EBITDAF.

43
Strategic fixed price1,900GWh$80/MWh $152m

CFDs1,770GWh$154/MWh$273m

C&I1,300GWh$150/MWh$195m

Retail3,800GWh$154/MWh$585m

Other income³$47m

$1,252m

Hydro3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m

Geothermal4,620GWh$4/MWh-$19m

Thermal⁴350GWh$130/MWh

4

-$46m

Acquired350GWh$215/MWh-$75m

-$139m

Length⁵$86mTransmission/Storage-$71m

Location losses⁶-$85mOperating expenses-$272m

Total$1mTotal-$343m

FY25 assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF of $770m over a financial year

EBITDAF guidance reconciliation to actual FY25

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel* drives

financials & risk position

Increased market channel price

Normalised & Expected

Lower renewables

Other income

Actual FY25 EBITDAF (underlying)

Hydro generation below mean (-603GWh).

Impact calculated at thermal SRMC

Channel choices maximise

long term value¹

1

Net price² driven by

best commercial practices

2

Total

x

=

Trading delivers value to more

than offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP).

2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs

(network, meters and levies) /MWh.

3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income.

4.Gas price of $8.2/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate

(10GJ/MWh).

5.Length of 450GWh assumed.

6.Locational losses of 5.1% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs.

sold at a wholesale price of $190/MWh.

Fixed costs

LCE rebates ($11.5m) and AGS provision unwind partly

offset by opex increase

Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions

FY25 results

With reconciliation to actual performance

x

Increased long–term channel price

Retail ($160/MWh) & Strategic fixed price sales ($85/MWh) prices

higher than expectation (the latter due to NZAS demand response)

Higher CFD price ($205/MWh) with tight market

conditions and thermal-backed CFD sales

Gas, carbon, acquired generation price

Gas prices were materially higher in the period ($15/GJ)

Demand response payments to NZAS included

Volumes above expected; lower than expected location loses

Net volume impact

Risk management sales premiums and expected

losses from distressed gas sales not realised

Manawa transaction and integration costs

EBITDAF pre Manawa-related costs

*

Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.

136

38

102

17

17

18

4

15

770

792

774

44
57

76

53

939

-258

-265

-291

-315

-346

-76

-85

-56

-74

-80

-230

-185

-94

-269

-326

1,069

48

FY21

1,023

FY22FY23

1,269

FY24

1,476

50

FY25

Electricity sales margin

Other gross margin

Fixed operating costs

Location losses

Variable fuel costs

553

546

573

663

774

Operating earnings (EBITDAF)

108

106

115

127

136

3.61

1.33

FY21

3.69

1.39

FY22

3.73

1.42

FY23

3.80

1.22

FY24

3.69

1.73

FY25

4.94

5.08

5.14

5.02

5.42

RetailStrategic fixed-price

101

117

126

200

1.67

0.55

FY21

1.13

0.39

FY22

0.52

0.15

FY23

116

1.62

0.59

FY24

1.09

0.46

FY25

2.23

1.52

0.67

2.20

1.55

ThermalAcquired

Electricity sales

Variable fuel costs

11111

3.70

3.11

FY21

3.94

3.28

FY22

3.92

3.19

FY23

3.63

3.39

FY24

3.30

4.54

FY25

6.81

7.22

7.10

7.02

7.84

HydroGeothermal

(i) Renewables

(ii) Thermal and acquired

131

133133

150

186

1.23

1.94

0.93

FY21

0.94

2.10

0.63

FY22

1.10

1.44

0.09

FY23

1.13

2.57

0.51

FY24

1.17

2.30

0.51

FY25

4.10

3.66

2.63

4.21

3.97

Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales

(i) Long-term channels

(ii) Market channels

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Integrated portfolio performance

Continuing operations ($m)

1

EBITDAF

1

2

1

2

1

Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. All EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113m) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23, a $12m net movement in the AGS provision in FY24, and a

release of the AGS provision of $98m in FY25.

118117121

137

158

9.040

8.739

7.772

9.232

9.390

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Historic performance

45
Greenhouse gas emissions

Carbon reporting

1

Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23.

2


All Science-based targets are on a calendar year basis.

IndicatorUnitTargetFY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e

45% reduction of 2018

Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 2026

(Absolute emissions

reduction target)

2

1,044,744786,842526,621947,491740,468

-Stationary combustiontC02e1,044,537786,544526,282947,131739,945

-Mobile combustiontC02e178297307332409

-Fugitive emissionstC02e2913228114

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e1,303

1,3991,9579751,183

Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,4431,046,047788,241528,579948,466741,651

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118555,035394,784273,673265,034369,583

-Category 1 – Purchased goods and servicestC02e

30% reduction of 2018

Scope 3 GHG

emissions from use of

sold products by 2026

2

16,699

6,3716,1976,5228,799

-Category 2 – Capital goodstC02e41,72657,87688,26679,18587,203

-Category 3 – Fuel and energy

1

tC02e330,207149,7431,0505,1308,006

-Category 4 – Upstream distribution and transportationtC02e27444108254205

-Category 5 – WastetC02e149108475869

-Category 6 – Business traveltC02e2635671,2741,6011,081

-Category 7 – Employee commutingtC02e306832965927956

-Category 11 – Use of sold productstC02e165,259178,554175,603170,929250,612

-Category 13 – Downstream leased assetstC02e399289164429339

-Category 14 – InvestmentstC02e----12,313

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,601,0821,183,025802,2521,213,5001,111,235

46
Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)

Generation and sales position

3,256

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

4,543

4,231

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

3,297

1,421

1,360

1,592

1,046

1,620

1,088

FY19FY20FY21FY22

439

FY23FY24FY25

Thermal

generation

Hydro

generation

Geothermal

generation

8,908

8,445

8,404

8,269

7,543

8,636

8,928

Operational data

Renewable % of

own generation

sold to grid

84%84%

81%

88%

87%

94%81%

Geothermal generation (GWh)

FY25 geothermal generation was ~1.2TWh higher than FY24. Generation from the new Tauhara and

Te Huka 3 plants (1.5TWh) was partially offset by statutory outages at Te Mihi, Wairakei and Ohaaki.

1,382

1,415

1,240

1,386

1,380

991

1,045

1,081

1,055

998

1,405

1,255

388

335

339

331

308

1,064

1,287

310

340

299

322

323

274

986

186

198

155

189

176

316

300

203

277

210

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23

127

FY24

229

FY25

3,257

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

4,543

Hydro generation (GWh)

FY25 was marked by two periods of historically low inflows (July – August 2024 and January – April 2025). The

result of these conditions meant total inflows for the year were 701GWh below FY24 volumes.

103

4,786

69

4,069

3,959

75

4,276

-59

3,904

-51

5,450

-101

3,681

-975

-1,606

-148

FY19FY20

-275

FY21

-78

FY22

75

FY23

-230

FY24

-459

FY25

4,231

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

3,297

Inflows stored include uncontrolled storage lakes

Inflows

Inflows

stored

Spill

Thermal generation (GWh)

1,013

871

1,126

673

164

1,395

692

207

291

234

179

148

223

378

195

195

213

190

125

78

5

83

FY19

3

79

FY20

18

81

FY21

4

81

FY22

2

FY23

1

FY24

18

FY25

1,503

1,439

1,673

1,127

517

1,620

1,088

Although down significantly on FY24, thermal generation volumes were materially higher than mean

expected volumes due to dry conditions in winter 2024 and Jan to April 2025.

Te Huka

Ohaaki

Poihipi

Wairakei

Te Mihi

Tauhara

Te Huka 3

Whirinaki

Te Rapa - direct

Te Rapa - spot

Stratford Peakers

TCC

47
Plant and fuel performance

Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented (mT)

Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness

(MWh per kT extracted)

% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted

20

40

60

80

100

0

99%

88

FY19

100%

90

FY20

98%

87

FY21

100%

89

98%

89

FY23

100%

91

FY24

95%

87

FY25FY22

-5%

31.4

31.1

30.5

31.0

30.4

29.2

29.7

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

+2%

Geothermal fuel performance

Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)

Hydro

Geothermal

1

Stratford Peakers

Plant availability

Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider plant deratings.

1

Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning wells on the Wairakei steam field. Increases in

FY24 and FY25 related to Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively.

Whirinaki

Wairakei total mass extracted, and extracted volumes as a % of consented

mass take, were significantly down on FY24 as a result of a planned outage

(25 days) at Te Mihi and an electrical outage at Wairakei A&B station.

2

Statutory turnarounds occur after the first operating year of a new plant, again in operating year 3, and every four years

thereafter. The table shows which plant have a major statutory turnaround in the next 3 calendar years. The GWh impact is

an estimate based on understood scope at the time of publishing. Turnarounds in FY27 and FY28 are indicative.

Upcoming geothermal statutory turnarounds (outages)

2

Plant

Impact

(GWh)

FYFrequency & type

Tauhara

11326Y1 Stat Turnaround

Te Huka 3

3726Y1 Stat Turnaround

Wairakei25264y Stat turnaround

Te Huka 1&2

25274Y Stat Turnaround

Wairakei300274y Stat turnaround + ext works

Poihipi31284y Stat turnaround

Te Mihi Stage 27328Y1 Stat Turnaround

Tauhara

16928Y3 Stat Turnaround

Te Huka 3

3728Y3 Stat Turnaround

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2137789%34%1,126193217

FY2237784%20%673180121

FY2337785%5%16410718

FY2437782%42%1,395184257

FY2537789%21%692330229

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2178484%54%3,698167617

FY2278483%57%3,940121478

FY2378484%57%3,91974290

FY2478490%53%3,628164594

FY2578487%48%3,297163538

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2142589%84%3,114175546

FY2242597%91%3,283140458

FY2341094%89%3,18580254

FY2458694%89%3,388177 601

FY2563590%84%4,543186845

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2120290%13%23423054

FY2220253%10%17921238

FY2320277%8%14820731

FY2420250%12%22317539

FY2520270%22%37821782

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2115894%0%184107.5

FY2215895%0%45972

FY2315882%0%24911.2

FY2415897%0%16871.1

FY2515892%1%1866112

Operational data

48
Hawea storage (GWh)

Gas storage (PJ)

Closing storage

Closing storage (current)

Fuel storage movements

Source: NZX Hydro data

166

260

113

252

188

141

85

263

324

190

322

265

242

232

330

174

-231

-334

-183

-326

-291

-286

-151

-278

1H222H221H232H231H242H241H252H25

Inflows

Opening storage

Releases

259

116

253

191

139

87

264

160

5.8

7.8

4.7

2.4

3.4

2.8

1.6

3.4

2.4

0.5

2.7

1.7

0.9

1.3

3.1

1.9

-3.5

-0.7

-0.7

-1.5

-2.5

-1.3

-2.0

-4.3

-0.4

1H222H221H232H231H242H241H252H25

Gas Injected

Gas Extracted

Opening Storage

7.8

4.7

2.4

3.4

2.8

1.6

3.4

3.3

Operational data

0

Transferred to

long-term

storage (PJ)

04

44444

Long-term storage

49
Contracted gas volumes (PJ)

Uses of gas (PJ)

Gas storage monthly injections and extractions (PJ)

Contracted and stored gas

Gas injectedGas extracted

5.4

3.6

7.07.07.07.07.07.0

6.2

5.6

2.9

3.6

3.0

2.6

2.2

2.82.8

2.8

4.4

3.8

0.0

CY24

CY25

1

CY26

2

CY27CY28CY29CY30CY31CY32

15.3

10.3

10.6

10.0

9.6

9.2

9.89.8

9.0

Jul-

24

-0.51

0.25

Aug-

24

-1.24

0.01

Sep-

24

-0.96

0.02

Oct-

24

-0.24

Nov-

24

-0.09

0.18

0.12

-0.20

0.25

Jan-

25

-0.04

Dec-

24

0.81

Feb-

25

-0.13

0.48

Mar-

25

-0.03

0.17

Apr-

25

-0.60

0.28

-0.21

-0.68

0.07

0.77

Jun-

25

May-

25

9.8

6.6

9.8

6.3

8.8

6.4

9.1

6.4

-2.0

3.1

-2.0

-1.0

0.6

1.3

-1.8

-4.4

-6.5

-3.3

-2.7

-6.7

-6.4

-4.0

-5.2

-1.6

-1.3

-1.6

-1.1

-1.4

-1.1

-1.3

-1.0

-1.6

-1.9

-2.7

-1.4

-1.3

-0.2

-2.1

-0.5

1H222H221H232H231H242H241H25

0.2

2H25

Net extraction

(injection)

Generation

Customer sales

Wholesale sales

Purchases

Operational data

1

CY25 reflects actual volumes and forecasts for the second half of the year.

2

CY26-CY32 reflects the maximum volume of gas available under contracts. Forecasted volumes for these periods are not yet available.

3

Greymouth Gas volumes illustrated based on maximum gas available at Contact’s option up to October 2032. The contract also includes an option to extend for a further 3 years from October 2032.

Short-term gas

Greymouth

Swap

Maui

Pohokura

3

50
50

EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset impairment and write-offs,

and changes in fair value of financial instruments.

EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s performance.

Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:

12 months ended

30 June 2025

12 months ended

30 June 2024

Variance on prior year

$m %

Underlying

1

ReportedUnderlying

1

Against underlying

Profit2613312303113%

Depreciation and amortisation273255187%

Change in fair value of

financial instruments

35(8)43na

Net interest expense1003565186%

Tax expense10413210133%

Asset impairment / write-offs150(49)(98%)

EBITDAF77487266311117%

Movements in depreciation and amortisation, net interest, tax expense and asset impairment / write-

offs are explained on the right.

Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF

The movements between FY25 and FY24 underlying profit are as

follows:

•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $18m. Increase

driven by Tauhara and Te Huka 3 (representing operational assets

of ~$1.2b), partially offset by extension of the useful life of Wairakei

assets and thermal assets now fully depreciated in FY24.

•Net interest expense: Interest was up $65m on FY24 reflecting

that debt related to Tauhara is no longer being capitalised.

•Tax expense for the period increased by $3m due to the tax impact

of higher operating earnings. Of note, FY24 tax expense was

elevated by $6m relating to the removal of tax depreciation on

buildings.

•Asset impairment / write offs: Decreased 98%. In FY24, Contact

recognised $50m write-offs relating to peaker engine damage,

Tauhara assets (relating to the 2023 steam hammer event and

failure of valves) and software assets (due to HRIS and CRM

projects not proceeding as planned).

Non-GAAP profit measure

1

All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within profit – underlying excludes these impacts. In

FY25, reported results include a release of the AGS onerous contract provision of $98m pre-tax ($71m after tax). Underlying performance excludes the impact of the provision release.

51
S&P Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

Actuals from S&P ratings report

Estimated

Net Debt

Carrying value of borrowings

856

1,0991,5561,9132,449

Fair value adjustments

(64)

(55)(43)(41)(93)

Restoration and environmental provisions net of tax

53

53 120142163

Hybrid bond credits

1

-

(113)(113)(113)(237)

Accessible cash

2

(41)

(4)(89)(146)(514)

S&P Adjusted Net Debt

804

9801,4311,7631,768

EBITDAF

Reported EBITDAF (underlying)

553546573663774

Realised gains/losses on market derivatives

(1)(9)(27)(6)(13)

Share based compensation

34445

Transaction costs related to the Manawa acquisition

11

S&P Adjusted EBITDAF

555541551661777

Net debt/EBITDAF (x)

1.41.82.62.72.3

1

50% equity credit for capital bonds.

2

Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.

•These calculations have been

provided as an illustration of the

adjustments made by Contact’s

ratings agency, S&P Global, when

assessing Contact’s Net

Debt/EBITDAF ratio.

•Net Debt has been adjusted from

the financial statements to include

certain long-term liabilities where

S&P considers these to have debt-

like characteristics.

•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects S&P’s

view of core operating items

(unrelated to investing and

financing).

S&P adjustments

52
Reconciliation of change in fair value of financial

instruments

Change in fair value offinancial instruments

Realised /

unrealised

FY25FY24VarianceDescription

(A) Net market making

Realised

(13)(3)(10)

Realised gains or losses on the settlement of

electricity derivatives entered into to meet

Contact’s market making obligations

- Market making

Unrealised

24(2)

Mark-to-market of open electricity derivatives

in future periods

- NZAS long-term sale CFD

(7)-(7)

NPV of the changes to the forecast forward

wholesale price path vs the wholesale path

when the contracts were agreed

- Kōwhai Park acquired PPA

(13)-(13)

- Other non-hedged movements

(4)7(11)

Mark-to-market of open electricity/interest

rate derivatives in future periods

(B) Unrealised movements in non-hedge effective

electricity derivatives

Unrealised

(22)11(33)

Total change in fair value offinancial instruments

as per segment note (A+B)

Realised and

unrealised

(35)8(43)

Commercial hedges recognised in EBITDAF that do not qualify for hedge accounting

−Financial Transmission Rights (FTR) settlements

and Exchange for Physical (ASX)

Realised

(5)-(5)

Financial contracts that hedge portfolio sales

that are settled in the period

−Net settlement of NZAS contract in the period

(134)-(134)

Realised settlement (difference between the

fixed contract and spot settlement)

Change in fair value of financial instruments as per

Income Statement

(174)8(167)

In the period, Contact entered into two long-term

contracts for difference (CFD) that were not

eligible for hedge accounting. These contracts

relate to the sales of electricity to NZAS and the

purchase of electricity from the under-

development Kōwhai Park solar farm (expected

online in Q2 CY2026).

As a result, movements in expected wholesale

prices when compared to forward wholesale

prices when the contracts were entered into are

recognised in change in fair value of financial

instruments, increasing volatility of Net Profit

After Tax. These non-cash movements, which

relate to future periods, are recognised in the

current period.

The primary change to wholesale price

expectations in the period was the listing of the

2028 ASX contract from October 2024, which

was higher than Contact’s internally generated

price path for the same period.

Fair value of financial instrucments

53
Historical financial information

UnitFY21FY22

FY23FY24FY25

Underlying

2

ReportedUnderlying

2

ReportedUnderlying

2

Reported

Revenue

1

$m2,5732,3872,1182,8673,306

Expenses

1

$m2,0201,8201,5001,6132,2042,1922,5322,434

EBITDAF$m553546573460663675774872

Profit$m187182211127230235261331

Operating free cash flow$m371330282424434

Operating free cash flow per sharecps50.242.436.053.954.4

Dividends declared cps3535353739

Total assets$m5,0285,1665,8086,2086,813

Total liabilities$m2,1012,3263,0043,5894,053

Total equity$m2,9272,8402,8042,6192,760

Gearing ratio

3

%2328364247

Historic performance

1

Revenue and expense figures align with the treatment of realised movements in financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements.

2

In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within

EBITDAF and $5m within profit. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98m and profit by $71m. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.

3

Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities + Equity).

Note: From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50m of write-offs and impairments.

Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5m peaker write-off).

54
FY25FY24

Year ended 30 June 2025Year ended 30 June 2024

VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP

Note: this table has not been rounded and might not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m

Electricity sales to Retail segment3,689163 6013,801148562

Electricity sales to C&I (netback)1,566133208 1,456 129188

CfDs – Tiwai support sales920892

PPAs411-

CfDs - Long term sales394752

CfDs and ASX - Short term sales1,9031,820

Electricity sales – CFDs3,629157 5693,465118407

Total contracted electricity sales8,883 1551,3778,7071331,157

Steam sales229 21 5 194 183

Other income148

Net income on gas sales(12)3

Net income on electricity related services1(0)

Net other income411

Total contracted revenue9,112 1521,386 8,901 1321,171

Generation costs

1

8,928(44)(389)8,635(40)(349)

Acquired generation cost462 (264)(122)585 (160)(93)

Generation costs (including acquired generation)9,390(54)(511)9,220(48)(443)

Spot electricity revenue8,9281951,742 8,6351771,529

Settlement on acquired generation462 252116585 195 114

Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)9,390 1981,8589,220 1781,643

Spot electricity cost(5,255)(218)(1,143)(5,243)(193)(1,009)

Settlement on CFDs sold(3,629)(191)(695)(3,465)(178)(616)

Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)(8,883)(207)(1,838)(8,707)(187)(1,626)

Trading, merchant revenue and losses 507 2051318

Wholesale EBITDAF underlying

1

895746

Onerous contract provision9812

Wholesale EBITDAF reported994758

Wholesale segment

Segmental performance

1

In FY24 a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within generation costs and EBITDAF. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $98m within generation costs

and EBITDAF. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.

55
Residential electricityunit

FY22FY23FY24FY25

Residential gasunit

FY22FY23FY24FY25

Average connections#373,347

380,482388,459401,332

Average connections#64,649

66,60568,09270,369

Sales volumesGWh2,644

2,6882,7982,809

Sales volumesTJ1,583

1,5041,5841,509

Average usageMWh per ICP7.1

7.17.27.0

Average usageGJ per ICP24.5

22.623.321.4

Tariff$/MWh256.4

272.1287.9311.5

Tariff$/GJ

36.642.145.152.9

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-119.5

-122.7-128.0-142.2

Network, meters and levies$/GJ

-18.9-22.9-24.5-29.0

Energy costs

1

$/MWh-115.0

-138.6-158.8-174.5

Energy costs$/GJ

-11.8-10.1-9.8-11.0

Gross margin$/MWh21.9

10.81.1-5.1

Carbon costs$/GJ

-2.1-4.2-3.1-4.4

Gross margin$ per ICP155

778-36

Gross margin$/GJ

3.84.97.78.5

Gross margin$m58

293-14

Gross margin$ per ICP

92112181182

Gross margin$m

671213

SME electricityunit

FY22FY23FY24FY25

SME gasunit

FY22FY23FY24FY25

Average connections#48,45946,96244,11341,654Average connections#3,8893,5192,9722,662

Sales volumesGWh798794754651Sales volumesTJ1,2241,063794607

Average usageMWh per ICP16.516.917.115.6Average usageGJ per ICP315302267228

Tariff$/MWh239.7259.3282.2313.4Tariff$/GJ19.825.231.038.5

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-112.9-117.0-118.3-132.9Network, meters and levies$/GJ-8.3-9.5-11.6-13.9

Energy costs

1

$/MWh-113.7-138.6-157.3-174.5Energy costs$/GJ-11.8-10.1-9.8-11.0

Gross margin$/MWh13.03.66.65.9Carbon costs$/GJ-2.1-4.2-3.1-4.4

Gross margin$ per ICP2156211293Gross margin$/GJ-2.41.46.59.2

Gross margin$m10354Gross margin$ per ICP-7694121,7502,103

Gross margin$m-3

1

5

6

Telco

unit

FY22FY23FY24FY25

Retail segment EBITDAF

FY22FY23FY24FY25

Average connections#62,38879,05795,168116,709Electricity Gross margin$m68328-11

Tariff$/cust/mth70.169.671.872.1Gas Gross Margin$m391718

Network, provisioning, modems$/cust/mth-60.5-63.5-63.4-62.8Telco Margin$m761013

Gross margin$/cust/mth9.66.28.49.3Total Gross Margin$m79473521

Gross margin$m761013Other income$m7974

Other operating costs$m-68-69-74-74

Retail segment EBITDAF$m17-14-32-49

Corporate allocation (50%)$m-14-22-25-36

Retail EBITDAF$m3-36-57-85

EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%0.3%-3.3%-4.8%-6.6%

Retail segment

Segmental performance

1

Energy costs reflect electricity purchased from solar customers: $1.2m in FY24 and $2.7m in FY25.

---

Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)


Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2025

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$3,439,483 +20.1%

Total Revenue $3,439,483 +20.1%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$331,289 +40.8%

Total net profit/(loss) $331,289 +40.8%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.23000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.05055556

Record Date 26/08/25

Dividend Payment Date 24/09/25

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security (in

dollars and cents per

security)

$2.87 $2.71

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood


Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)

Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429

Contact email address Shelley.Hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


18/08/2025


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Distribution Notice

Updated as at June 2023




Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares

NZX ticker code CEN

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZCENE0001S6

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date 26/08/2025

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

25/08/2025

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

24/09/2025

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$226,613,274

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Operating Free Cash Flow

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$0.28055556

Gross taxable amount

3

$0.28055556

Total cash distribution

4

$0.23000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

N/A

Supplementary distribution amount $0.02294118

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5



1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.







Is the distribution imputed


Fully imputed

Partial imputation

No imputation

If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

6


18%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.05055556

Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$0.04202778

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

2%

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

25/08/2025 29/08/2025

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

01/09/2025

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New issue

DRP strike price per financial product

Not available at this time

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

27/08/2025

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person authorised to make

this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Corporate Finance

(Acting)

Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429

Contact email address Shelley.Hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP 18/08/2025







6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

---

Growth
Investment

Supporting Economic Development

INTEGRATED REPORT

About this Report
Nau mai, haere mai. Welcome

to our 2025 Integrated Report.

This report explains how we, at Contact, create

value over time, and how we are implementing our

strategy to be a leader in the decarbonisation of

Aotearoa New Zealand.

This year has been marked by strong growth,

investment and our role in supporting the

economic development of Aotearoa New Zealand.

Our CEO, Mike Fuge, and our Board confirm that

this report provides a true and accurate record of

how Contact has created value for shareholders

over the year to 30 June 2025. Complementing this

year’s report is our Climate Statement 2025 which

details our approach to managing climate-related

risks and opportunities.

This report follows the principles of the Integrated

Reporting Framework. It reflects our continued

focus on a truly integrated approach to creating

value, underpinned by our Contact26 strategy.



We continue to apply both Global Reporting

Initiative (GRI) standards and the Integrated

Reporting <IR> Framework to provide transparency

on material environmental, social and governance

activities, and to present a balanced assessment


of our performance.

Our Integrated Report is published annually

and covers both our financial and sustainability

reporting. Our 2025 Integrated Report covers the

period f rom 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025.

This report is dated 18 August 2025 and is signed on

behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy.

We’re proud of our Contact story, and proud of


our continued journey towards a renewable

energy future.

For our people, customers, investors, communities,

tangata whenua, suppliers, partners, regulators,

policy makers, and the people who call Aotearoa

New Zealand home – this is for you.

2025 Integrated Report


Growth

Investment

Supporting Economic Development

Our Chair Robert McDonald and

our directors will host shareholders

at the Contact Energy Annual Shareholder

Meeting (ASM) in Auckland, on

16 September 2025. Shareholders

will be given notice of the meeting

in August 2025.

We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.

Sandra Dodds

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

Robert McDonald

Chair

Cover: Tauhara geothermal power station at Taupō.

Most Contact Energy shareholders receive

digital reports. However, we have printed

1,500 reports using environmentally

responsible paper and inks.

Contents
Growth

Investment

Supporting Economic Development

11

44

63

73

98

130

Enabling our

strategy

About us

Governance

matters

Financial

statements

GRI and Climate

Statement directories

Our vision4

Letter from our Chair6

Letter from our CEO8

Our story: This is Contact11

Grow demand18

Grow renewable development24

Decarbonise our portfolio32

Create outstanding customer experiences36

Financial performance41

Enabling our strategy44

Environment, social and governance (ESG)47

Operational excellence54

Transformative ways of working59

About us63

Our Board64

Our leadership team65

External influences66

Creating value67

Our operations69

Our supply chain72

Governance matters73

Remuneration report78

Statutory disclosures91

Financial statements98

Combined Independent Auditor’s


and Limited Assurance Report

124


Glossary128

Te Reo Māori glossary129

GRI and Climate Statement directories130

Corporate directory137

Our story:

This is Contact

4
At Contact, we remain

committed to delivering

on our vision of building

a better, cleaner and more

sustainable Aotearoa

New Zealand.

We're taking bold steps to

support the transition to a

renewable energy future.

Our vision

4

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

4

Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.
5

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

5

6
Letter from our Chair

Kia ora koutou,

I am pleased to report in

the past year Contact has

delivered strong performance

underpinned by our long-term

programme of investment

in renewable generation.

Geopolitical, economic and

environmental uncertainty has

continued to be felt both locally and

internationally. The electricity sector

has a key role to support New Zealand

through these challenges and

underpin a pathway to sustainable

growth and energy independence.

Contact is focused on supporting

New Zealand’s economic growth

aspiration and international climate

commitments through investment

in renewable energy. We have

completed $1.2 billion of new

renewable generation projects that

have brought an additional 225MW

onstream.

Projects totalling another $1.1 billion

are currently under construction

spanning geothermal, solar and


grid scale batteries that will bring

a further 269MW of new generation

and 100MW of new storage onstream.


We also continue to focus on our

strong development project pipeline

to sustain this momentum.

Contact announced the proposed

acquisition of Manawa Energy in

September 2024. The acquisition


was completed, following

regulatory approvals, on 11 July 2025.

Manawa is an established operator

of hydro generation assets across

New Zealand. Its hydro generation

assets are highly complementary

to Contact’s existing generation

portfolio and will provide significant

benefits. I look forward to reporting

on our future progress as we integrate


Manawa into Contact.

The Contact26 strategy is to

be a leader in New Zealand’s

decarbonisation. We have continued

to deliver strongly against that

strategy through renewable

investment, growing electricity

demand, continuing to decarbonise

our generation portfolio, and


creating outstanding customer

experiences. While this strategy


has, and continues, to serve Contact

well, we are undertaking a review


to ensure Contact continues to

be well positioned into the future.

We remain on target to meet

our ambition to be Net Zero in

our generational activities by

2035, supporting New Zealand’s

international climate commitment


to be Net Zero by 2050. In the past

10 years, Contact's generation

emissions have reduced by


50 percent and with the closure

of Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)

plant this will increase to 75 percent.

We also however recognise our

role in ensuring that New Zealand’s

electricity remains affordable, reliable

and renewable – the energy trilemma.

Contact Chair, Robert McDonald

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The World Energy Council continues
to rank New Zealand as one of the

top 10 countries globally across these

benchmarks.

Notwithstanding ongoing challenges

in the upstream gas market, gas will

remain an important peaking fuel

in the medium term and supports

security of supply. To further support

supply, Contact extended the

operation of its TCC thermal plant by

a further year, and we commenced

industry discussions to create a

strategic reserve at Huntly to support

security of supply during dry years.

We have also entered into significant

long-term gas supply contracts

to both support the continued

availability of our remaining peakers

and more importantly, ensure Kiwi

households and commercial gas

customers can continue to have

access to a valued energy source

while helping them transition to

renewable energy over time.

I also want to acknowledge the

wider economic challenges facing

New Zealand, and the impacts

on New Zealand consumers and

businesses. Contact remains focused

on providing competitive value and

innovation, while providing support

for those facing energy hardship.

I remain particularly proud of the

work that our team has been doing

to support our vulnerable customers

and communities through our


Energy Wellbeing programmes.

The significant industry investment

in renewable generation is expected

to lower energy costs and offers

the potential for electricity to

become a source of New Zealand's

competitive advantage. Renewable

generation investments deliver

benefits over decades, and as a result,

inf rastructure investors always seek

reasonable investment certainty.

There has been increased volatility

in the wholesale market, as the

market has responded to the

accelerated decline in upstream

gas, hydrologically dry years and the

increasing impact of intermittent

generation as the market transitions

to be fully renewable. While retail

customers are shielded f rom this

volatility, and the vast majority of

businesses choose to be fully hedged,

some businesses were adversely

impacted, alongside wider economic

challenges.

We acknowledge the work that

the government and regulators are

doing to explore opportunities to

continually improve and evolve the

electricity market as we collectively

navigate our way through the

transition. We continue to engage

and work closely to support initiatives

that improve the market and unlock

renewable investment, including

current resource management

reform, the Energy Taskforce


and the Ministerial Review.

We welcome the government's

initiatives to improving resource

consenting to accelerate renewable

development. We were disappointed

to have a consent declined for

Southland Wind Farm under the

COVID-19 fast-track legislation which

highlights the inherent challenge

and trade-off between inf rastructure

investment and the status quo.


While we have now resubmitted a

new fast track application, the reality

is this process will add both cost and

further delay to delivering renewable

generation.

I am concerned by recent

commentary that calls for

fundamental but undefined market

reform, and the potential impact such

reform could have on investment

confidence. The concerns expressed

will inevitably best be resolved

through accelerated investment


in new renewable generation

and thereby increased supply.

This requires stable market settings

that support investor confidence.

This investment and growth would

not be possible without the hard

work of our CEO Mike Fuge and the

entire Contact team. To you, I say

thank you.

I also want to take this opportunity

to thank my fellow directors, and

to acknowledge Elena Trout who is

retiring f rom the Contact Board after

nine years of service. Elena has made

an invaluable contribution to Contact

and the wider energy sector.

As we look to the year ahead, one

where Contact and Manawa Energy

become one, we will continue to

accelerate our electrification efforts,

and together with all our stakeholders

help build a more sustainable,

thriving New Zealand.

Ngā mihi nui,





Robert McDonald

Board Chair

Contact is focused on

supporting New Zealand’s

economic growth aspiration

and international climate

commitments through

investment in renewable

energy.

Robert McDonald

Board Chair

7

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

7

Contact CEO, Mike Fuge
8

Letter from our CEO

Tēnā koutou,

As I reflect on the past

financial year, it has been

one characterised by bold

aspiration, hard mahi, and

significant achievement.

Through granular focus and

unwavering commitment to


our Contact26 strategy we have

delivered outcomes that will help

shape New Zealand’s energy future

for generations.

I am pleased to report we have

delivered growth, investment

and played our role in supporting

the country’s wider economic

development.

As we deliver on our Contact26

commitments and turn to the next

strategy horizon, we are navigating

the energy transition and the balance

between our decarbonisation

leadership and our responsibility


to ensure the secure, sustainable,

and affordable supply of energy to

New Zealanders.

Financial performance

Market conditions in FY25 were

impacted by an accelerated decline

in gas availability. Gas production


was down 20 percent between

calendar 2023 and 2024, and this


had flow-on effects to gas pricing.

With two historically dry periods,

as well as periods of intense hydro

inflows, hydro storage was highly

volatile. Both the gas and hydrology

conditions led to significant volatility

in wholesale electricity prices.

In this context, our FY25 financial

performance reflects our effective

use of risk management assets

and controls, and the benefits

of our recent investment in new

geothermal capacity.

Contact’s EBITDAF of $774 million,

was up 17 percent on FY24, and


profit after tax was $261 million,

both on an underlying basis.

(This excludes a release of the

Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) provision

of $98 million before tax but includes

the $18 million Manawa transaction

and integration costs incurred

during the period). Adjusting for

one-off Manawa-related transaction

and integration costs, underlying

EBITDAF was $792 million.

Contact supported the market

through dry conditions by securing

short-term gas f rom Methanex,

running TCC, and using flexible gas

storage at AGS to support economic

thermal generation during the

financial year.

It was the first year where both of

our new geothermal power stations

at Tauhara and Te Huka 3 were

operational. In a very challenging

market, Contact’s baseload

geothermal generation increased to

4.5TWh, 34 percent more than FY24.

Total generation was 8.9TWh,


up 0.3TWh, despite significantly

reduced hydro generation.

In FY25, we will deliver investors


39c per share annual dividend,

up five percent f rom FY24.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGY

8

OUR STORYCONTENTS

Strategy
We’re four years into the delivery of

our Contact26 strategy. In this short

time, we have committed more than

$2 billion to build the critical energy

inf rastructure New Zealand needs.

Our priorities to grow demand, build

renewable development, decarbonise

our portfolio and create outstanding

customer experiences serve us well.

Our ESG leadership, transformative

ways of working and our focus on

operational excellence help enable

this journey.

Now more than ever we must


continue to play a leading role

in ensuring secure, sustainable

and affordable energy supply,

for all New Zealanders.

As a company we believe profoundly

in enabling the electrification of the

economy, walking alongside our

industrial, and residential, customers

to help them in the energy transition.

We will continue our orderly

investment in new renewable

generation to support this.

Our long-term commitment remains

constant: building a better, cleaner

and more sustainable Aotearoa


New Zealand.

Which brings me to our acquisition


of Manawa Energy.

The combination of Contact and

Manawa is an important step forward

in the country’s energy transition.


It will enable a great ability to invest in

future renewable energy generation,

enhance market security and

ultimately contribute to reducing

wholesale prices long-term.

Together we have highly

complementary, geographically

diverse hydro generation. Contact’s

hydro assets in the South Island

produce more energy in the summer

following the snowmelt, while

Manawa Energy’s hydro stations in

the North Island catch more rainfall

during winter. These complementary

power stations will help enable a

smoother transition away f rom fossil

fuels and help us manage dry year risk.

This will create a more diversified,

resilient and efficient business. It will

increase our ability to sell larger


volumes of fixed price electricity than

we could do independently. And it

will provide more opportunity for

wider deployment of flexible demand

products, helping to support customers.

Grow renewable development

and grow demand

We have been responsive to the

needs of our customers, our investors

and New Zealand as we support the

country’s economic development.

We were delighted, last November,


to host alongside the Tauhara hapū,

the Prime Minister for the opening


of Tauhara – the world’s largest single

shaft geothermal power turbine.


Te Huka 3 Binary Plant (51MW) also

came online in November last year.

Following behind Te Huka 3 and

Tauhara, Kōwhai Park solar farm

(168MWp) and the Glenbrook-Ohurua

battery (100MW) will start coming

online in the FY26 financial year.


Te Mihi Stage 2, a 101MW binary

plant to partially replace the 60-year-

old Wairākei plant, is now also well

underway with an onstream date


of mid-2027.

This level of activity is unprecedented

in our history. It is both fulfilling an

urgent need for renewable energy

in this country to support the

transition away f rom non-renewable

energy sources and creating new

opportunities for the New Zealand

economy.

In this regard the signing of long-

term electricity deals with iconic


New Zealand industrial businesses

such as NZ Steel (Electric Arc

Furnace), Fonterra (Whareora Dairy

Plant) and O ji Fibre Solutions (wood

processing) to ensure their long-

term future, help them decarbonise

and create new electricity demand

has been very much part of Contact’s

overall growth story.

Our Chair Robert has mentioned


our f rustration with the Southland

Wind Farm consent decline and,

more broadly, the unnecessary and

exorbitant time and expense consumed

in the current planning regime with

little or no productive outcomes for

New Zealand society at large.

We look forward to the Government

efforts to reform this and enable

outstanding renewable energy

projects like the Southland Wind

Farm to be built at pace for the

benefit of all. The project alone will

bring more than $200 million to the

Southland economy and generate

enough renewable energy to power

the equivalent of 150,000 homes.

CEO Mike Fuge and Tauhara hapū representative Hemi Biddle

at the opening of the Tauhara geothermal station in November 2024.

9

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

10
Decarbonising our portfolio

A rapid decline in upstream gas

supply and dry hydrological

conditions did lead to a short

period of high spot prices in August

last year. Our response to this has

been comprehensive and swift: we

have signed gas agreements with

Methanex both in August last year

and May this year to ensure winter

periods of high demand were well

covered.

We extended the operation of

the TCC Plant until the end of this

calendar year, and along with the

other major gentailers, we have

signed a heads of agreement on

a strategic energy reserve for the

nation based on the Huntly Firming

Option (HFO).

These measures combined with


the commissioning of new batteries

later this year, new generation being

brought onstream and the intent


to increase the operating range

of our hydro schemes (subject to

resource consent) have been, and


will be, critical to ensure the country’s

security of supply as we have


collectively faced into a rapidly

declining gas supply. Our commitment

to decarbonisation remains resolute,

however it cannot come at the expense

of a reliable and resilient energy system.

Creating outstanding customer

experiences

Home is everything, it’s where life

happens, connections are made,


and futures are built. Today Contact

has 646,000 customer connections

across energy, broadband and

mobile, a growth of 21,000

connections on the prior year.

We recognise that creating outstanding

customer experiences requires more

than just growth and innovation. This

also means addressing the challenges

Kiwis face at a time of increasing

pressures on household budgets.

Our Good Plans offer flexible pricing

that help households manage costs,

rewarding customers with f ree power

in return for off-peak use. More than

140,000 of our customers have joined

our time of use movement, receiving

collectively more than 260 million


hours of f ree power since we launched

in August 2021.

Fourth Trimester, giving three months


f ree power for families with newborns,

has to date helped 4,500 families at

a time of added household budget

pressure. In May, we launched our EV

Demand Flex pilot to help customers

charge cars when demand is low.


We look forward to the results of

this initiative.

On the back of Contact's Customer

Wellbeing team, we appointed


a Customer Wellbeing Manager

this year, the first of its type in

New Zealand’s energy sector.

In August 2024, we removed

disconnection and reconnection

fees for non-payment for all Contact

customers. Disconnections have

dropped 30 percent year on year,

evidence that our wellbeing-first

approach is working. We have

increased the number of outbound

calls to customers by 1,000 a month

on previous years.

Earlier this year, the Commerce

Commission reviewed electricity lines

and transmission charges, charges

that are passed on to consumers


and account for up to 40 percent

of an average bill. We recognise

these pass-on charges put more

pressure on consumers. As a

result, we have instigated regular

community presence across

heartland New Zealand where


we talk and help customers face-

to-face, beyond the traditional

contact centre interactions.

Our people

One of the privileges of growth is

the ability to offer unique and high-

quality job opportunities to Kiwis for

outstanding careers here in Aotearoa

New Zealand. We are delighted with

the skills we have been able to grow

and develop across the business,


and this has been recognised

externally with Prosple voting

Contact the most sought-after

energy employer as well as being


the graduates’ employer of choice.

We remain firmly committed to

correcting the gender imbalance that

continues across the electricity sector.

In all this our priority remains the

health, safety and wellbeing of our

people. We are deeply proud of our

performance in an Australasian

context. We realise this can never

be taken for granted nor can we

become complacent particularly


as our staff and contractors face

into major change with the additions

of new plants and technologies.

The future

And finally, I would like to thank

everyone at Contact for their

outstanding work and focus

throughout the year. I am proud


of you all and the contribution you

have made, not just to Contact,


but the legacy we are creating.

Looking ahead, one thing is clear.

Progress will require both visionary

aspiration and the ability to remain

responsive to New Zealand’s energy

needs.

We are excited about the future,


and the leading role we play in

New Zealand’s energy transition.

Ngā mihi nui,

As a company we believe

profoundly in enabling

the electrification of the

economy, walking alongside

our industrial, and residential,

customers to help them in

the energy transition.

Mike Fuge

Contact Chief Executive

Mike Fuge

Contact Chief Executive

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our story:
This is Contact

Clyde Dam, Central Otago.

1111

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

11

12
Our strategy: Contact26

Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation

Themes

Enablers


Grow demand

We’re growing demand for

New Zealand’s renewable

electricity in a range of ways.

Grow renewable

development

We’re developing new, renewable,

electricity generation as the market

evolves.

Create outstanding

customer experiences

We’re creating outstanding

customer experiences as we build

New Zealand’s leading energy and

services brand to meet more of our

customers’ needs.

Decarbonise

our portfolio

We’re decarbonising our portfolio of

generation assets (and the New Zealand

electricity market) via an orderly

transition to renewable generation

(managing the balance between

continued security of supply, minimal

emissions, and affordability).

Environmental,

Social, Governance (ESG)

• Create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of ESG factors.

Operational

excellence

• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency

• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital

expenditure to deliver value

• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.

Transformative

ways of working (TWoW)

• Use technology to modernise our operating model

• Increase employee engagement to attract and

retain talent.

This will be underpinned by three key enablers

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our strategic focus
Our Contact26 strategy

is to be a leader in the

decarbonisation of

New Zealand. To do this

we will grow demand, grow

renewable development,

decarbonise our portfolio

and create outstanding

customer experience.

The last four years has been a period

of significant change for Contact, the

energy industry, and the country.

Now more than ever we must

continue to play our part to ensure

secure, sustainable, and affordable

energy supply for all Kiwis.

Our long-term commitment remains

constant: building a better, cleaner

and more sustainable Aotearoa


New Zealand.

As a country, we are seeing growing

investment in renewable energy.

Close to 4.5TWh of new renewable

generation has come online the last

18 months. As a company we believe

in enabling the electrification of our

economy. We continue to invest in

renewable generation to support this.


We made the decision to keep our

gas-fired generation plant in Taranaki

operational for one year longer.


We contracted additional fuel

support f rom Methanex to support

the plant through winter 2025.

These deliberate actions responded

to emerging electricity market

conditions to ensure electricity

remains available when New Zealand

needs it.

Our Contact26 strategy has served


us well. In the past four years

we have committed more than

$2 billion to build the critical energy

inf rastructure New Zealand needs.

This includes the $1.2 billion of

completed geothermal development

with our Tauhara and Te Huka 3

geothermal power stations. A further


$1.1 billion is currently under

construction with our Glenbrook-

Ohurua grid-scale battery, our

Kōwhai Park solar joint venture with

Lightsource bp, and Te Mihi Stage 2


as part of our phased Wairākei

replacement programme.

As we turn to the next horizon,


we remain focused on the four

pillars of our strategy: grow demand,

grow renewable development,

decarbonise our portfolio and create

outstanding customer experiences.

Looking ahead, one thing is clear.

Progress will require both visionary

aspiration and the ability to remain

responsive to New Zealand’s energy

needs as we transition to an electric

future.

Tauhara geothermal power station, Taupō.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

131313

14
Progress against our strategy

Four years into the delivery of our Contact26 strategy, we assess

and review our progress and look to derive value from what we

learn along the way.

Strategic theme

Grow

demand

New demand facilitated and contracted since FY21 ~230MW (88MW online) up f rom 105MW.

CO

2

Final Investment Decision (FID) now targeted for FY26.

15MW of flexible demand contracted taking total contracted volume to 188MW (141MW online).

• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.

• Reach 100MW total Demand Flex and

start pivoting to Demand Response.

• New green chemical channel established

contributing incremental EBITDAF.

2


• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a., of total renewable

assets f rom geothermal new build, solar

and wind.

• 100MW battery operational.

• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run-rate of

~300ktCO

2

e, working towards our 2035

net zero commitment.

• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce

reliance on thermal peaking.

• Greater than 685k connections.

• Cost to serve (CTS) at global benchmark

of <$80 / connection.

• Triple EBITDAF contribution f rom

non-energy lines of business.

• Top quartile NZ Business for sustainability

survey

3

and most trusted energy brand.

4

Achieved FID on Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal power station. Expected to be online in Q3 CY2027.

Consent for Stratford solar lodged.

Consenting process underway for Glorit solar. Earliest expected FID FY26.

Southland Wind Farm consent has been declined under the COVID-19 Fast Track. Contact has been

accepted under the new Fast-Track Approvals Act and expects to lodge a substantive application shortly.

Te Huka 3 online December 2024 at full capacity. Final commissioning activity completed in June 2025.

Glenbrook-Ohurua battery under construction. Expected online in Q1 CY2026.

Kōwhai Park solar under construction. Expected online in Q2 CY2026.

Purchased additional ~8% interest in Forest Partners (taking total to 22%).

TCC was made available for winter 2025 to support security of supply. Closing 2025.

Sustained inclusion in DJSI Asia-Pacific (one of only five New Zealand companies).

Electricity net price up >3% on prior year, representing full recovery of lines cost increases

and partial recovery of rising wholesale costs.

Cost to serve $116/connection.

More than 149k multi-product connections, up ~7%.

Reached >20k homes in the Hot Water Sorter programme and shifted 4GWh residential

demand off-peak in FY25.

Grow

renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

FY25 Achievements/progress

FY27 ambitions

1

1 Set in May 2023.

2 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice)

measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and

reconciliation of this measure is provided within note A2 to the financial

statements.

3 As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.

4 As measured by Contact’s independently surveyed brand tracker.

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Wairākei geothermal power station at Taupō.
1515

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

15

16
Manawa Energy acquisition

HighbankMatahinaWaihopai

ColeridgeCobbPātea

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

In early May, the Commerce
Commission approved

Contact’s $2.5 billion

acquisition of Manawa Energy.

In mid-June, 99.97% of

Manawa shareholders voted

in favour of the deal. The deal

completed on 11 July 2025.

The combination of Contact and

Manawa is an important step forward

in Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy

transition. It will enable a greater

ability to invest in future renewable

energy generation, enhance market

security, and ultimately contribute to

reducing wholesale prices long term.

The Manawa story

Manawa Energy began as the

Tauranga Electric Power Board in

the early 20th century, fuelling the

local community’s growing electricity

needs. In 1994, the company became

Trustpower, establishing itself as a

major renewable player with a portfolio

of hydro stations across New Zealand.

A rebrand to Manawa Energy followed

in 2022 when the retail business was

sold to Mercury.

This decision enabled Manawa to

focus exclusively on generating

clean, renewable electricity. Today,

Manawa has a team of 220 people,

and a network of 25 hydro schemes

strategically located f rom the Bay of

Plenty to Otago. The company has

several large-scale wind and solar

projects in development to help


meet New Zealand’s low emissions

energy needs.

Strategic rationale

Contact and Manawa are a great

fit. The two companies have highly

complementary, geographically

diverse hydro generation – Contact’s

in the South Island produce more

energy in the summer following the

snowmelt, while Manawa Energy’s

hydro stations in the North Island

catch more rainfall during winter.

These complementary power stations

will help enable a smoother transition

away f rom thermal fuels and help us

manage dry year risk. This will create a

more diversified, resilient and efficient

business and increase our ability to sell

larger volumes of fixed price electricity

than we could do independently.

It will also provide greater opportunity

for wider deployment of flexible

demand products, helping to support

customers.

Together, Contact and Manawa have

a greater ability to invest in renewable

energy generation, enhancing market

security and contributing to reducing

wholesale electricity prices in the

long-term.

Contact has a proven track record


in renewable energy investment.

In the past year we opened our

world-class geothermal power

station at Tauhara in Taupō and

brought our accelerated Te Huka 3

power station online. These projects

represent a combined investment


of more than $1.2 billion. You can

read more about these projects in

Grow Renewable Development.

Manawa has secured development

options totalling 1080MW of wind

and 531MWp of solar which are

geographically diverse and at various

stages of development. With a strong

balance sheet and enhanced funding

capacity, Contact is well placed to

accelerate these projects alongside

our existing pipeline. This enables


the combined company to support

New Zealand’s growing electricity

demand while maintaining

competitive wholesale pricing.

Bringing these two businesses

together will accelerate New Zealand’s

transition to a renewable energy future.

Our efforts this year

Following the deal’s announcement

in September 2024, Contact stood

up an Integration Office to prepare

for the acquisition. Subject matter

experts across multiple workstreams

considered how to combine Contact

and Manawa in a way that captures

the promised value and maximises

synergies and alignment between


the businesses.

After submitting our clearance

application to the Commerce

Commission in late September 2024,


our regulatory team worked with

the Commission to respond to the

Preliminary Statement of Issues in

November 2024 and Statement of

Issues in February 2025.

Looking ahead

Contact and Manawa completed

the deal on 11 July 2025, marking

the start of our shared future as one

of New Zealand’s leading energy

companies.

We now have a diverse portfolio

of renewable generation assets

and a greater capacity to invest

in new energy inf rastructure and

technologies. The acquisition of

Manawa has enhanced Contact’s

renewable development capabilities.

Our bigger and more diverse Contact

business controls a development

pipeline of around 12TWh. This

represents a major increase in

potential capacity that supports our

vision as New Zealand continues

toward a renewable energy future.

There’s a big job ahead, to keep

building the sustainable electricity

system New Zealander’s deserve,

and it’s a job both teams are deeply

committed to.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

1717

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

17

Grow
demand

18

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

18

Grow demand
New Zealand’s transition

towards a low-carbon

energy future continues to

accelerate. We are working

alongside industry and

business to help them

transition to a renewable

energy future.

At Contact, we remain committed

to decarbonisation and achieving

net zero emissions in our generation

operations. More recently, we have

found ourselves carefully balancing

this aspiration with an increasingly

urgent need to support New Zealand’s

economic development and energy

security.

We have taken bold and appropriate

steps.

The last year presented the energy

industry with a perfect storm of

challenges. A period of volatile

wholesale electricity prices in

August 2024 squeezed margins.

Persistent dry conditions constrained

hydro generation capacity at critical

periods. Gentailers have faced

mounting regulatory pressure,

including scrutiny around consumer

pricing and energy affordability

during a period of broader economic

uncertainty.



As we turn to the next strategy

horizon, we remain focused on

ensuring the secure, sustainable,

and affordable supply of energy.

This issue is more important now

than ever.

We also remain focused on being

responsive to the needs of our

customers, our investors, and

New Zealand. We’ve had to make

deliberate decisions that enable

us to continue partnering with

New Zealand’s business leaders

and major economic players as

they transition to renewable

energy solutions.

Announced in February, our

renewable energy supply agreement

with Fonterra will directly enable

the world’s largest dairy exporter

to reduce its carbon emissions.

Our long-term renewable electricity

agreement with NZ Aluminium

Smelter (NZAS) allows Contact to

access up to 46MW of demand

response from the smelter during

periods of peak demand. Our off-peak

agreement with NZ Steel will see the

company eliminate one percent of

New Zealand’s total emissions.

These partnerships highlight

the serious commitment to

decarbonisation across industries

and the critical role Contact plays

in helping big and small businesses

alike transition to a future powered

by renewable electricity.

On site at NZ Aluminium Smelter in Southland.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

1919

20
Contact and Fonterra forge landmark renewable energy partnership

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

New Zealand’s largest

company is set to further

decarbonise its operations

through a long-term energy

partnership.

In February 2025, Contact announced

a 10-year electricity supply agreement

with Fonterra. Our commercial

and industrial arm, Simply Energy,

structured the contract to ensure


a smooth commencement.

The agreement is set to begin in

August 2026. Contact will initially

provide Fonterra's Whareroa dairy

site with around 330GWh. Contact's

supply is expected to grow over time

to around 540GWh in the coming

years once transmission upgrades


are complete.

The partnership represents a model

well-placed to support New Zealand’s

energy transition. It highlights the

value of collaboration between


major energy users and generators

to accelerate decarbonisation.

With its strong renewable development

pipeline, Contact remains well-placed


to support customers as they

decarbonise. It’s also encouraging

to see the New Zealand dairy sector

providing proof that electricity can


be more economic than traditional,

more carbon-intensive fuels like

natural gas. At 540GWh, three-quarters

of the volume will be new demand

f rom planned electrification of a


sector historically reliant on fossil fuels.

The agreement is a demonstration of

shaped demand in action. The supply

is tailored to align with Fonterra's

summer-weighted operations at one of

the world's largest dairy manufacturing

facilities. This new summer-weighted

demand aligns with our portfolio of

renewable generation and is a great

fit for the solar projects that we are

developing with Lightsource bp.

As the world’s largest dairy exporter,

Contact and Simply Energy’s long-

term energy partnership provides

Fonterra with a steady supply of

renewable energy. It also enables one

of New Zealand’s largest economic

players to further decarbonise its

operations in the process.

Our strategic partnership

with Contact and Simply

Energy supports energy

resilience and advances

our decarbonisation

objectives. The Whareroa

investment ensures long-

term supply security,

operational efficiency, and

environmental performance;

key factors as we transition

to more sustainable energy

solutions tailored to meet

the complex demands of

our national manufacturing

footprint.

Linda Mulvihill

General Manager

Energy and Climate, Fonterra

Fonterra’s Whareroa dairy site, Taranaki.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Electric arc furnace ahead of schedule
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Contact's innovative

renewable energy supply

agreement with NZ Steel

supports the industry's

energy transition.

NZ Steel's new $300 million electric

arc furnace at the Glenbrook

steelworks will start commissioning

in December 2025, ahead of the

original 2026 schedule.

The decarbonisation project is

underpinned by a partnership which

will see Contact providing 30MW


of renewable electricity through a




flexible arrangement. This enables

production scaling during peak

demand or supply shortages and

contributes to grid stability while

supporting NZ Steel’s transition


to lower-carbon production.

This collaborative commitment

to decarbonisation will be further

strengthened through a project

where Contact is constructing a


$163 million 100MW grid-scale

battery on land leased f rom

NZ Steel on its Glenbrook precinct.

You can read more about our grid-

scale battery in Grow renewable

development.

New Zealand Aluminium Smelter, Southland.Glenbrook Steel Mill, south of Auckland.

Our partnership with NZAS

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Our long-term partnership

with the country’s largest

electricity consumer, NZ

Aluminium Smelter (NZAS),

provides operational

flexibility while supporting

low carbon aluminium

production in New Zealand.

The renewable electricity agreement

announced in May 2024 is now in

its second year. Contact provided

fixed-price coverage for 100MW of

electricity to the Tiwai Point smelter

in Southland until December 2024.





This increased to 120MW f rom

January 2025 for a minimum of


10 years; and an additional 25MW

for 2025 and 2026.

As part of the agreement, NZAS will

also provide Contact with demand

response of up to 46MW to support

New Zealand’s security of supply.

NZAS will reduce aluminium

production when requested by

Meridian Energy under specific

circumstances. This plays a crucial

role in the energy transition by

helping to keep the lights on


across New Zealand when needed.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2121

22
Tauhara powers long-term

deal with Oji Fibre Solutions

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Contact’s new Tauhara

geothermal power station

near Taupō represents more

than just an advancement

in New Zealand’s

decarbonisation. It provides

vital support to New Zealand's

pulp and paper sector.

The 174MW renewable geothermal

power station was officially

opened by the Prime Minister in

November 2024. It has become a

critical resource for an industry that

has faced challenging economic

headwinds in recent times.

Through its partnership with O ji Fibre

Solutions, one of Australasia’s leading

pulp manufacturers, the Tauhara

power station demonstrates how

energy solutions can help preserve

manufacturing capabilities.

It offers the type of operational

certainty through its power purchase

agreement (PPA) signed with Contact

in 2021, which sees O ji source a

significant portion of its electricity

f rom Tauhara. This agreement

provides the mill with reliable,

competitively priced renewable

energy. You can read more about








Tauhara geothermal power station

in Grow renewable development.

O ji secures predictable energy costs

and reduces the carbon intensity of

its operations. This exemplifies the

type of cross-sector collaboration

needed for New Zealand's

decarbonisation ambitions.



This partnership is yet

another demonstration

of Contact’s long-term

commitment to supporting

renewable generation

development. We continue

to grow demand for our

renewable electricity

by displacing thermal

generation, which ultimately

reduces New Zealand's

carbon emissions while

keeping electricity prices

competitive.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO



Kinleith Mill, Tokoroa.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS



























CentrePort pilots

new battery

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility

and electrification

New Zealand's key logistics hub,

CentrePort in Wellington, is

transitioning to electrified heavy

machinery.

To enable this transition, CentrePort

is piloting a 750kW/1,500kWh battery

energy storage system (BESS) to

support EV charging as part of its

microgrid strategy. The pilot will

address capacity constraints f rom

high-capacity EV chargers.

As part of the pilot, Simply Energy

evaulated the battery's potential

for reducing network pressure and

managing costs while enhancing

resilience and supporting emissions

reductions. The modelling identified

multiple revenue streams including

demand-side flexibility markets,

energy arbitrage, exporting excess

power, and reducing peak demand.

CentrePort plans to install the pilot-

scale battery later this year.

Exploring EV charging network opportunities.

Thirst for

homegrown CO₂

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Contact is preparing options to develop

a sustainable carbon capture solution

to increase New Zealand's food grade

CO₂ supply.

The process would capture naturally

occurring CO

2

emissions f rom our

Ohaaki geothermal site near Taupō.

We would then convert it to an

essential food grade product to be

used in everything f rom brewing

beer to preserving the shelf life of

various food products.

Following positive feedback f rom

potential customers across the

country, Contact is now looking

to progress the initiative. We are

securing potential joint venture

partners for the project.

Growing our renewable partnership

with Lightsource bp

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

Through a joint venture with global

solar developer Lightsource bp,

Contact is well underway on the

construction of the Kōwhai Park solar

farm adjacent to Christchurch Airport

and the development of several grid-

scale solar generation projects across

New Zealand.

You can read more about our


solar generation projects in

Grow renewable development.

Contact has extended this strategic

partnership and is now in discussions

with Lightsource bp’s parent company,

bp, regarding further development of


its EV charging network. Initial

investigations are considering whether

this charging network could be linked

to the Kōwhai Park solar farm.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2323

24
Grow renewable

development

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

24

Grow renewable
development

In an era defined by urgent

climate priorities, Contact

remains at the forefront

of New Zealand’s energy

transition with significant

investment in electricity

generation.

Our commitment to expand our

renewable generation portfolio

is not only a business strategy,

but a response to New Zealand’s

pressing environmental challenges.

We remain responsive to our

customers, our investors, and

New Zealand.

In the past four years we have

committed to projects which

together will see more than

$2 billion invested to build the

critical infrastructure New Zealand

needs. The past year saw us continue

with our ambitious goal to grow

our energy assets. In November

we opened our geothermal power

station at Tauhara in Taupō.

In December 2024, our Te Huka 3

power plant came online.

Tauhara is one of New Zealand’s

most significant infrastructure

investments of recent times. It can

produce up to 174MW of electricity,

around 3.5 percent of the country’s

electricity and enough for around

200,000 households.

From autumn 2026, our Glenbrook-

Ohurua battery will contribute to

our diversified fleet of generation,

storing energy in reserve ready to

discharge to the national grid at

a split second when it is needed

most. It is a game changer,

reducing our reliance on fossil

fuels and supporting the energy

transition and the development

of renewables like wind and solar.

Solar power is the world's fastest

growing source of new energy.

Construction of our Kōwhai Park

solar farm on the Christchurch

Airport campus began this year.

Further north, consenting activities

to develop our Glorit solar farm on

the Kaipara Coast continue. We are

preparing options for a grid-scale

solar farm in Stratford, Taranaki.

We're working closely with our

JV partnership Lightsource bp

on these projects.

As New Zealand charts its course

towards a net zero future, Contact

is accelerating the pace and scale

of our renewable investments.

Investing in our sustainable future

today ensures we can help meet

tomorrow’s demand for renewable

energy.

Onsite at our Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

252525

26
Tauhara geothermal power station:

Powering the renewable energy economy

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

Meaningful relationships with tangata

whenua

November 2024 marked a

milestone in New Zealand's

clean energy journey with

the official opening of the

Tauhara geothermal power

station in Taupō.

Our Tauhara geothermal power

station is the largest single-shaft

geothermal turbine power station


in the world. It demonstrates

New Zealand's continued leadership

in geothermal technology.

The power station taps into one of

New Zealand’s greatest geothermal

resources. It is a substantial addition

to the country’s renewable energy

portfolio and provides 174MW of


clean, reliable power at full capacity.

This represents approximately


3.5 percent of the country’s total

electricity generation. It can power


the equivalent of 200,000

New Zealand homes.

The $931 million facility is a

demonstration of Contact’s

commitment to growing renewable

generation. The power station came

online in May 2024, providing critical

generation to the national grid during

a period of gas supply constraints and

low hydro inflows.

More than 4,000 people and


2.65 million work hours went to the

development of the power station.

Our Tauhara team were recognised

at the 2024 New Zealand Workplace

Health & Safety Awards with the

Wellbeing Award in recognition of

our approach to worker care during

the massive construction effort.

We are using learnings and expertise

f rom the development of Tauhara on

the construction of other geothermal

power stations, such as our latest

project Te Mihi Stage 2, and refining

as we go.

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon

presided over the official opening

ceremony in November. The event

brought together our people, tangata

whenua and the local community.

Tauhara geothermal power station in Taupō.

Contact senior project engineer Matt Wasley with Prime

Minister Christopher Luxon at the opening of Tauhara.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

As part of our commitment to creating
jobs in the community, Contact’s


Ka Hiko programme provided

89 locals with pre-trade training and

employment opportunities working

on the power station's three-and-a-half

year construction during the COVID-19

pandemic.

The project highlighted the ongoing

collaboration and partnership with

Ngāti Tūwharetoa and the Tauhara

Moana Trust. The official opening

ceremony coincided with a further

Heads of Agreement between

Contact and the local hapū (pictured

top right).

Read more about this partnership in


Environment, social and governance.

In June 2025, the project was named

as a finalist in the Energy Project


of the Year category of the 2025

New Zealand Energy Excellence

Awards.

I acknowledge the

partnership built between

Contact and our hapū

over many years. Their

commitment to fostering

meaningful relationships

reflects a journey of

collaboration, mutual

respect, and shared vision.

Topia Rameka

Nga Hapu o Tauhara, Ngāti Tūwharetoa

Contact team and dignitaries at the official

opening of Tauhara geothermal power station.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2727

28
Full steam ahead for Contact’s seventh geothermal power station

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

In December 2024, Contact’s

seventh geothermal power

station, Te Huka 3, started

providing power to the

national grid.

The $305 million accelerated

development project took just over

two years to construct.

Te Huka 3 is located next to Contact’s

existing Te Huka geothermal power





station in Taupō. The single shaft

binary power plant initially ran during

a three-week testing period with

Transpower.

By November 2024 the station

was running at full capacity and

generating 51MW of renewable

energy after performance and

reliability testing was completed.


In April 2025, a three-week scheduled

outage enabled planned modifications

to improve operational stability.




At the peak of construction, around

240 people completed approximately

625,000 work hours.

The design of the Te Huka 3 power

station allows for full reinjection of

CO

2

back to the geothermal reservoir.

All renewable energy attributes

generated by Te Huka 3 are provided

to Microsoft through a Renewable

Attribute Purchase Agreement

signed in September 2022. This is

accompanied by an electricity supply

agreement signed in February 2025.

The Microsoft deal reflects our

commitment to enter contracts for

renewable energy certificates that

are directly linked to the addition of

new renewable power generation.

It demonstrates the actions of two

leading organisations aligning to

create better outcomes both here

in Aotearoa and globally.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Te Huka 3 geothermal power station, Taupō.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Further investment secures the future
of the Wairākei steamfield

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

As one of our oldest

generation assets, the

Wairākei geothermal power

station has been part of

Contact’s renewable portfolio

since it was built in the 1950s.

In November 2024, the Contact

Board approved construction of a

new 101MW geothermal plant called

Te Mihi Stage 2. The decision is the

first step in replacing the original

Wairākei geothermal power station

and marks a milestone for Contact’s

commitment to long-term,


sustainable generation on the

Wairākei steamfield.

The $712 million project is a two-unit

binary plant and will be a useful

addition to the existing geothermal

stations on the steamfield. The new

station will generate more power

f rom the same steamfield through

more efficient use of this resource.

Once operational, Te Mihi Stage 2 will

generate enough renewable electricity

to power the equivalent of 120,000

New Zealand homes each year.

The construction village is complete,

and site earthworks are well-advanced.

Te Mihi Stage 2 has been under

construction since shortly after


Board approval and the power

station is expected to be online by

September 2027.

During Te Mihi Stage 2 construction,

Contact will extend the running

of the Wairākei geothermal power

station until mid-2027. Selected

operating units will then be retired.

Contact will retain 67MW of capacity


at Wairākei f rom mid-2027 until

mid-2031 when resource consent ends.

Subject to final investment


decision, Te Mihi Stage 3, and further

development of the steamfield,


is expected to be online by mid-2031.

Moving to this phased re-

development plan for Wairākei,

including the partial extension

of the Wairākei station out to 2031,

has proven to be the highest

returning option for Contact

shareholders. The new build

is execution-ready, and will be

supported by advanced front-

end design, a successful drilling

campaign and an experienced

project execution team that’s

ready and fresh from building

the Tauhara and Te Huka 3

geothermal power stations.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Construction underway at Te Mihi Stage 2.Wairākei geothermal power station.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2929

30
Simply the BESS: Contact’s grid-scale battery

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

In July 2024, Contact

partnered with Tesla to build

a 100MW grid-scale battery.

The battery will provide

enough electricity to meet

a two-hour peak demand

period for the equivalent

of 44,000 homes.

The $163 million grid-scale battery

represents a significant investment

in New Zealand’s renewable energy

inf rastructure. It builds on Contact’s

existing partnership with NZ Steel

(see Grow demand) and will sit on

land leased at its Glenbrook site in

south Auckland. The site is suitable

for battery storage with its flat land

and high voltage connection to


New Zealand’s national grid.

The industrial-sized lithium battery

energy storage system (BESS) will

store excess renewable electricity,

including electricity generated by

wind or solar sources during off-

peak periods when demand is low.

Once constructed, it will be closer

to Auckland load than any other

grid-scale battery project. This will

optimise transmission efficiency and

grid stability.

In April 2025, the first of 56 battery

units arrived at the Glenbrook site.

Over a month-long period, the

batteries were individually craned onto

site. Work is now underway to connect

each of them to the national grid.

The project remains on track to be

online in the first quarter of 2026.

In July 2025, we lodged a consent

application to expand the Glenbrook-

We are doubling down on our

focus to increase electricity

generation and improve the

resilience of the electricity

network. From autumn 2026,

our Glenbrook-Ohurua

battery will contribute to our

diversified fleet of generation,

storing energy in reserve ready

to discharge to the national

grid at a split second’s notice,

when it’s needed most. This

investment and technology

are game changers,

reducing our reliance on

fossil fuels and supporting

the energy transition and the

development of renewables

like wind and solar.

Dorian Devers

Chief Renewable Growth Officer

Ōhurua battery for up to 500MW,

providing enough energy to power

the equivalent of 220,000 homes.

The project is subject to consent

and Contact’s final investment

decision. If successful this will be the

country's largest grid-scale battery.

Contact has also secured consent

for another 100MW battery facility in

Stratford, Taranaki, demonstrating

scalable growth opportunities in the

energy storage sector. You can read

more about this in Grow renewable

development.

Progress on site at Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Progress on
proposed Southland

Wind Farm

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

In an ongoing commitment to a

diversified renewable portfolio,

Contact is developing a pipeline

of wind generation opportunities

to meet New Zealand’s growing

demand for renewable energy.

Contact is seeking resource consent

for a wind farm comprising up to


55 wind turbines on a site around

15km east of Wyndham, in

Southland. Each turbine would have

approximately 7MW capacity with a

tip height of 220 metres. The project

could generate up to 380MW with an

output of up to 1,400GWh per year.

In March 2025 an Expert Consenting

Panel under the COVID-19 Recovery

(Fast-Track Consenting) Act declined

consent for the wind farm. Contact

has since been accepted to use

the Government's new Fast-Track

Approvals Act and we expect to lodge

our substantive application shortly.

The wind farm will provide regional

and national economic benefits for

local communities and a range of

environmental benefits through large

scale pest control, fencing, planting

and wet plant restoration that Contact

would undertake. The Department of

Conservation, Ngāi Tahu, Environment

Southland, Southland District Council

and Gore District Council approved

the conditions Contact put forward


for this project.

Shining a light on solar power

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

Contact's strategy to be a leader in

decarbonisation of New Zealand

plays out in our solar energy

ambitions.

Our Kōwhai Park solar farm is being

developed with Lightsource bp near

Christchurch Airport. The project broke

ground in August 2024 after reaching

financial close. The 168MWp solar farm

will use around 300,000 panels across

230 hectares to generate around

275GWh annually when it comes

online in 2026.

In the North Island, the proposed

Glorit solar farm on the Kaipara

Coast targets high-demand areas.

The coastal location simultaneously

maximises solar capture and

positions generation capacity near

Auckland’s growing energy needs.

When operational (and subject

to consent and final investment

decision), the solar farm is expected

to generate 280GWh of renewable

energy annually. It will connect

to the existing Transpower 220kV

transmission network through


a 1.5km connection f rom the site.

We are also advancing the Stratford

solar farm option in south Taranaki

with Lightsource bp, with consent

applications lodged in June 2025.


Subject to final investment decision,

the proposed 180MWp grid-scale

solar farm would complement

Contact’s existing energy operations

in the region. This approach

places solar assets alongside other

generation types to create a balanced

and resilient generation portfolio.

Expanding solar capacity across


New Zealand helps to reduce the

country’s reliance on fossil fuels.


It also supports regional economic

development through employment

and operational opportunities.


The geographically diverse nature

of these solar farms enhances grid

supply by reducing vulnerability to

localised weather patterns.

These solar energy ambitions

demonstrate Contact’s commitment

to leading New Zealand's transition

to a more sustainable and resilient

energy future.

The first panels installed at Kōwhai Park solar farm.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

3131

32
Decarbonise

our portfolio

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

32

Decarbonise our portfolio
From powerful rivers

and geothermal fields to

consistent wind patterns and

emerging solar potential,

New Zealand’s natural

resources remain a key asset.

At Contact, we have an

intentional approach to

achieving net zero in our energy

generation, by 2035 and remain

on track to achieve this. This

approach is underpinned by

a planned and purposeful

transition away from fossil

fuel generation, enabling us to

carefully balance our ambitious

decarbonisation leadership with

our fundamental responsibility

to ensure secure, sustainable,

and affordable energy supply

to all New Zealanders.

Over the last year, we’ve

continued to innovate at pace

and have made progress in

bringing new renewable

energy projects to life.

You can read more about our

new solar projects and our

$1.2 billion investment in two

new geothermal power stations,

Tauhara and Te Huka 3, in Grow

renewable development.

New Zealand experienced

significant gas supply constraints

during the winter months

of 2024. Production fell well

short of forecasted levels.

With insufficient gas available

to meet all contracted demand,

we saw unplanned reductions

in industrial gas use across

the sector.

Contact made the difficult but

necessary decision to extend

the operational life of our

Taranaki Combined Cycle

(TCC) plant through to the

end of winter 2025. While

this extension represents a

departure from our original

timeline for thermal asset

retirement, it reflects our

continued commitment to

supporting New Zealand’s

electricity market during

unprecedented supply

constraints.

Off the back of the lowest

first-quarter national hydro

inflows on record, in May 2025

we reached an agreement with

Methanex to take 2.8PJ of gas,

as a part buy and part swap,

to be supplied over an eight

week period. This additional

fuel supply will directly support

the running of the TCC plant,

alongside the gas peaking

units at Stratford as required

through winter 2025.

To improve security of electricity

supply, Contact has joined

Genesis, Mercury and Meridian

in signing detailed agreements

to establish a strategic energy

reserve at Huntly Power

Station. The initiative, subject

to Commerce Commission

review, will keep Huntly’s

Rankine units operational

and able to manage dry-year

risk, directly supporting reliable

power supply and stable energy

costs for New Zealanders.

Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

333333

34
Our 2035 net zero goal

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

At Contact, we remain

committed to achieving net

zero emissions from energy

generation by 2035 – an

ambitious target that remains

achievable through multiple

complementary strategies.

The last year highlighted the realities

of New Zealand’s energy transition.

While our diverse renewable portfolio

performed well, as one of our country’s

largest energy generators we also had

to make decisions to ensure secure,

sustainable, and affordable energy

supply to all New Zealanders.

Extended dry conditions late last

year, combined with New Zealand’s

continued decline in readily available

and affordable gas supply, highlighted

the importance of growing our

renewable generation portfolio

and the ongoing role of thermal

generation during transition periods.

The past year served as an important

reminder of the need to be bold when


it comes to building a better, cleaner

and more sustainable New Zealand.

To play our part in the energy transition,

we must be prepared to address the


challenges ahead with ambition and

pragmatism. For Contact, that means

more than just decarbonisation.


It means ensuring energy affordability

and security while New Zealand

decarbonises.

Our commitment to affordable


and secure energy supply saw us

make some bold moves in FY25.


We accelerated major projects,

f rom our 100MW grid-scale battery

to multiple solar generation projects

across New Zealand (see Grow

renewable development). We

maintained our commitment

to developing wind generation

opportunities to meet New Zealand’s

growing demand (see Grow renewable

development). We are advancing

our $2.5 billion Manawa acquisition,

bringing together two New Zealand

companies to better serve the

electricity market through strategic

use of New Zealand’s hydro assets


(see Manawa Energy acquisition).

We extended the operational life of

our TCC plant through to the end

of winter 2025 (see Decarbonise

our portfolio) while maintaining

appropriate flexible gas supply to

support both the TCC plant and


our gas peaking units at Stratford.

This reminds us that progress may

not always follow linear trajectories.

Contact’s 2035 net zero goal remains

firm. It is backed by substantial

investments, proven expertise

and a commitment to remaining

responsive to our external operating

environment as we continue building

our renewable energy future.

Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035

Current emission

breakdown

(ktCO

2

e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO

2

e)

FY25

Scope 1 and 2

emissions

742

0

Glenbrook-

Ohurua

Battery*

Decommission

TCC

Capturing or

reinjecting

carbon

Additional

initiatives being

assessed

-308

-54

Forestry

partners units

received**

-256

-10

-114

SBTI 2026 target

648 ktCO

2

e

Note: Analysis is based on FY25 actual Scope 1

and 2 emissions (indicates the total contribution

TCC had in FY25 at 42 percent). Utilisation of the

peakers will vary over future years depending on

hydro sequences and new technologies.

* Figure indicates estimated CO

2

displacement

achieved f rom reduced running of the thermal

peakers. Calculations estimated a reduction of

approximately 150 operating hours or 150Tj

of gas displaced, which when the Ministry for

the Environment approved Emission Factor

is applied equates to 10,000 tonnes.

** Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon

One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners

Limited Partnership. Units are shown per

annum and are based on current information

and may fluctuate based on climate conditions

and/or regulatory updates. Contact’s equity

share in these partnerships increased in FY25,

hence the increased volume of available credits.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Supporting
energy security

Reliable energy supply

Contact has joined Genesis, Mercury

and Meridian in signing detailed

agreements to establish a strategic

energy reserve at Huntly Power

Station, subject to Commerce

Commission approval.

This initiative reflects the challenge

facing New Zealand’s energy sector:

meeting our decarbonisation

commitments while ensuring secure

and affordable energy supply for


New Zealand.

While Contact maintains its

commitment to net zero energy

generation by 2035, we recognise


the critical need for back-up

electricity generation enhanced

system security as New Zealand

transitions to renewable energy.

The agreements will see New Zealand’s

four largest electricity generators

creating a strategic fuel reserve

designed to keep Huntly’s Rankine

units operational and available to

manage dry-year risk by providing

quick-start generation when

required. One unit was scheduled


for retirement in 2026 and two others

in the early 2030s.

This decision directly responds to the

winter 2024 market conditions and

will provide a crucial buffer against

future dry winters, helping maintain

reliable power supply and stable

energy costs for New Zealanders.

Retaining TCC through 2025

Reliable energy supply

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

In November 2024, Contact made

the difficult but necessary decision

to extend the operational life of our

330MW Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)

plant through to the end of winter 2025.

We remain committed to retiring our

baseload thermal assets. However,

TCC has not been decommissioned

ahead of winter 2025 as originally

planned. The plant has been recallable

on a five-day notice period, with the

extended availability supporting

Contact’s Stratford Peaker Units during

unplanned outages and providing

backup to thermal units in the


market. The decision to decommission

TCC also relates to the age of the

unit, changes in market dynamics,

constraints to gas supply and the


cost of the C6 refurbishment.

Earlier this year, New Zealand

experienced its lowest first-quarter

national hydro inflows on record.


Off the back of this uncertainty,

Contact reached an agreement with

Methanex in May 2025 to purchase

approximately 2.8PJ of gas to be

supplied over an eight-week period.

This arrangement enabled Contact to

run TCC alongside the gas peaking

units at Stratford, mitigating any

potential energy security challenges

during the winter 2025 period.

TCC will be permanently retired at

the end of 2025, and we will maintain

our two open cycle gas fired peakers

at Stratford alongside the diesel fired

Whirinaki plant.

While operating TCC may impact


our generation emissions this year,

Contact recognises the importance


of addressing public concerns over

New Zealand’s security of supply

issues experienced in winter 2024.

TCC's heat recovery steam generator at Stratford.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

3535

36
Create outstanding

customer experiences

36

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Create outstanding customer experiences
We want all of our customers

to have the best experience.    

Driven by our kaupapa of building

a better Aotearoa New Zealand,

we recognise this means meeting

customer needs in meaningful and

practical ways.

With Kiwi families facing cost of living

pressures, we're focused on solutions

that enhance home life while

supporting energy wellbeing and

affordability for the more than


415,000 Contact customers.

Energy wellbeing is about more


than keeping the lights on – it’s about

helping New Zealanders feel secure,

supported, and empowered in their

homes and communities.

Our Good Plans provide customers

periods of free or discounted power.

Today more than 140,000 of our

customers have joined our time of


use movement, collectively receiving

260 million hours of free energy since

we launched in August 2021.

Our Hot Water Sorter helps

customers manage energy usage

in a smarter and more affordable

way. Fourth Trimester supports new

parents during one of life’s most

demanding periods. These aren’t just

‘nice to haves’. They are examples

of Contact making a difference by

easing pressure and supporting

better home life. We removed

disconnection and reconnection

fees for non-payment for all Contact

customers in August 2024. As a

result, disconnections have dropped

significantly year-on-year.

Our February 2025 launch of Contact’s

latest ‘Flatties’ campaign coincided

with a drive to increase multi-product

customers. We offered an energy

credit for customers who added

telco services to their Contact energy

account.

In May Contact announced an

EV Demand Flex programme

pilot. The pilot uses technology to

automatically charge customers’ EVs

when energy demand is low. This will

help the increasing number of EV

drivers to reduce the cost of charging

their vehicles while directly reducing

reliance on fossil fuels by easing

pressure on the national electricity

grid. This further supports the

decarbonisation of New Zealand.

At Contact, we believe energy is

about people – their comfort, their

security, and their ability to thrive at

home. That’s why we work hard to

ensure it feels truly good to be home

for New Zealanders.

It's important to us to help

our customers in meaningful

and practical ways.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

3737

38
Improving the experience for

our customers

Customer wellbeing and trust

Energy wellbeing and equity

We’re always looking for

ways to ensure it’s good to

be home for the customers

we connect to energy,

broadband, and mobile.

This supports our drive to

help build a better Aotearoa

New Zealand.      

Through our Good Plans, more than

140,000 New Zealand households

receive f ree or discounted energy

during off-peak times. Our Good Plan

customer numbers grew by more

than a quarter since FY24. Since

launching in mid-2021, our Good

Plans customers have received more

than 260 million hours of f ree power.

Our Fourth Trimester initiative

continues to support families with

newborns with f ree energy for the

first 90 days. This turns energy

support into an investment in long-

term health, resilience and equity

f rom day one. Since launching,

we have helped more than 4,500

households.

Over the past year we’ve made

improvements to enhance how


we support our customers through

the services we provide. We rebuilt

our customer engagement model

f rom the ground up – rooted in


empathy and backed by insight.



This is reflected in our call centre

Net Promoter Score – the number of

customers who would recommend

our call centre, versus those who

wouldn’t – which has grown to +61

(up f rom +54 the year prior), showing

increasing trust and loyalty.

Relational Net Promoter Score

(a measure of overall customer

satisfaction) was +28, down f rom

+37 last year. We acknowledge the

role that rising energy prices have

played, and this emphasises the

importance of our efforts to support

our customers.

Our customer numbers have grown

by 21,000 new connections in the

past year, and we now have more

than 646,000 customer connections

across electricity, gas, broadband and

mobile. In July 2024, we achieved

our goal of over 100,000 broadband

connections. Our customers' need for

connectivity has increased, driving

uptake of our broadband service and

our newest offering, Contact Mobile,

which has gained more than 13,000

customers since its 2023 launch.

This growth reflects demand for

our multi-product offerings and

reinforces our ability to continue

investing in customer wellbeing


and community support.

Customer wellbeing team

member Mykaela McWatters

from our Levin office.

In August, we removed

disconnection and reconnection

fees for non-payment for all

customers. Disconnections have

dropped 30 percent year-on-year,

and we continue to meet our goal

to have 50 percent of disconnected

customers reconnected within


24 hours.

In June, we introduced a

discretionary $100 credit for new

prepay customers in hardship. This

hasn’t yet affected the percentage

of customers successfully

onboarded and we're monitoring

this indicator to ensure we are

doing all we can to support

equitable access to energy.

For many customers, an outstanding

customer experience is one they

can manage themselves. In August

2024, we successfully completed

the release of our new Contact App

and My Account as part of our Next

Generation Digital Tools project.

Today, close to 80 percent of our

customer interactions are self-service.

In the second half of 2024, we added

four new team members to our

Customer Wellbeing team. This

included appointing a Customer

Wellbeing Manager – an industry

first. As a result, we have been able

to make 1,000 more outbound

customer calls each month. This

has allowed us to offer direct help

to 300 more customers each month

while also spending time in the

communities we serve.

Earlier this year, the Commerce

Commission reviewed electricity

lines and transmissions charges.

These charges as passed on


to electricity consumers in

New Zealand and typically

account for 30 to 40 percent of

an average monthly power bill.

We recognise that cost-of-living

pressure is making things harder


for New Zealanders. This reinforces

the importance of taking a holistic

approach to energy wellbeing.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Building stronger
communities 

Community wellbeing

Contact has forged a meaningful

partnership with Northland

Community Foundation, establishing

the Northland Contact Energy

Community Wellbeing Fund to address

community needs across the region.

This collaboration emerged following

the June 2024 Transpower pylon

collapse that left nearly 100,000

Northlanders without power,

highlighting both the region's energy

inf rastructure vulnerabilities and the

need for community resilience.

Community feedback highlighted

that energy is just one of the many

financial pressures faced by whānau,

so we established the fund with an

initial $40,000 donation, specifically

targeting organisations that operate

foodbanks, budgeting services, and

welfare centres. We met with some

of these organisations in May and

their feedback indicated that our

contributions are enabling them to be

more effective in delivering essential

services to their communities.

The fund, managed by Northland

Community Foundation, is designed

to create sustainable change across

communities f rom Kaiwaka to

Kaitāia. Contact's additional $10,000

contribution toward the Foundation's

operational costs ensures effective

fund management and distribution.

Putting a friendly face to the Contact name  

Energy wellbeing and equity

Customer wellbeing and trust

Contact's Customer Wellbeing

team is transforming customer

relationships by taking support

directly into communities.

As part of our commitment to

continuous improvement we

reviewed our credit cycle and

customer experience practices. This

review identified key areas where

our operational policies were not

delivering the fairness, flexibility, and

empathy we aim to provide.

Following this review, an initiative

led by our Customer Wellbeing

Manager saw us establishing a

regular community presence across

multiple community-based locations

throughout New Zealand.

This face-to-face approach

demonstrates our commitment to

understanding each customer as an

individual. It fosters deeper trust and

a better understanding of how we

can help them.

The team provides support and

information on everything f rom

power savings and how to use our

Contact apps, to account health

checks and ensuring customers are

on the most suitable plan.

Through direct conversations

with whānau, social agencies, and

community groups, we learned that

many whānau are unable to engage

with us during standard business

hours. In response, we extended

our contact centre hours to support

evening and weekend calling.

The review also led us to update

our disconnection policies to be

more equitable and better aligned

to customer realities. We removed

the previous 12-month stand-down

period that applied when a customer

defaulted on payment arrangements.

Payment arrangements can now be

put in place at any stage, including


at the point of disconnection.

We have seen a 30 percent drop in

customer disconnections and a 58

percent reduction in disconnections

for post-pay residential customers.

We’re also receiving fewer complaints

related to disconnection and debt

processes.

Many Northlanders are under

extreme financial pressure at this

time, struggling to put food on the

table for their families and falling

into debt. The support of Contact

Energy throughout Northland

has made tangible differences

in the lives of many by the

provision of food parcels and

budgeting assistance to keep

Northland families afloat in very

challenging times.

Jane Stearns

Community Engagement Manager,

Northland Community Foundation

Our Customer Wellbeing Team.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

3939

40
Smart EV

charging pilot   

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Customer wellbeing and trust

We have launched an EV Demand Flex

pilot programme to address the reality

that charging an EV can increase

household energy use by up to


30 percent.

The pilot began in early June 2025

and employs intelligent technology

to automatically charge customers’

EVs during low-demand periods.

The system pauses charging when

electricity demand spikes.

There are now more than 119,000

fully electric and plug-in hybrids on

the country’s roads. Our programme

addresses energy inf rastructure

challenges as EV adoption

accelerates. By automatically

shifting charging to periods of lower

electricity prices, our Good Plans

customers can reduce their energy

costs while contributing to grid

stabilisation.

The pilot builds on our successful

demand management portfolio.


It complements the Hot Water

Sorter programme that has helped

more than 20,000 households


reduce energy usage.

The pilot will generate valuable data

on charging behaviours to refine

the programme before potential

expansion, positioning Contact as a

leader in New Zealand's smart grid

transformation.

Hot Water Sorter turns the heat down

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and

electrification

Our Hot Water Sorter initiative

continues to achieve success

with New Zealand households

responding positively to this demand

management initiative.

Hot Water Sorter is one of the first

energy retailer-led national hot water

cylinder control programmes in


New Zealand. By switching off hot

water cylinders during peak electricity

demand periods, it saves customes

money and decreases peak hour

demand.



More than 20,000 New Zealand

households have transitioned onto

our Hot Water Sorter.

This initiative positions Contact

at the foref ront of demand-side

management innovation and

sets a precedent for other energy

retailers. The programme's growth

demonstrates the benefit of

working with customers and using

smart technology to address peak

demand challenges in New Zealand’s

residential energy market.

Heating water accounts for around

30 percent of a New Zealand

household’s energy usage. Turning

hot water cylinders off during peak

hours takes pressure off the national

grid, making more power available

where it is most needed. By reducing

pressure at peak times, we reduce

New Zealand’s reliance on fossil fuels.

Michael Robertson

Acting Chief Retail Officer

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial
performance

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

4141

4242
Financial performance

1 Contract for Difference – a financial agreement for fixed price electricity.

2 Committed investment by Contact into these three projects totals $0.9 billion. The $1.1 billion total includes total project costs for Kōwhai Park, which is being built through Contact’s 50:50 JV with


Lightsource bp and is project financed.

3 Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80–100% of average operating f ree cash flow of the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating f ree cash flow contribution f rom


Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not constrained in delivering the expected DPS uplift.

In FY25, Contact’s performance reflected

our ongoing renewable investments and

supporting security of supply.

Our performance in FY25 was underpinned by an

uplift in geothermal generation, effective use of

risk management assets and contracts, and better

alignment of long-term sales with the market price

of electricity.

Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions

in FY25 and gas supply continued to tighten,


with domestic production down more than

20 percent over the last calendar year. Together, these

conditions impacted wholesale pricing as more

expensive thermal generation was required to cover

the reduction in hydro generation in the market.

We took action, contracting additional short-

term gas f rom Methanex and utilising flexible gas

storage capacity at AGS to support gas-backed

electricity supply. As a result, we were positioned to

provide risk management to support other market

participants, with CFD

1

sales 0.5TWh above plan

in FY25.

During the period we completed the commissioning

of our two new geothermal plants, Tauhara and


Te Huka 3. Together these are expected to produce

1.9TWh of baseload renewable electricity in a

full year. In FY25 these plants generated 1.5TWh,

reducing reliance on thermal generation in a

challenging market. Our geothermal generation

was up 34 percent on FY24.

Construction continues on three major

development projects; the 100MW/200MWh

Glenbrook-Ohurua battery, 168MWp Kōwhai Park

solar farm and Te Mihi Stage 2 – a new 101MW

geothermal plant to partially replace the ageing

Wairākei A&B station. Together these projects

will collectively represent more than $1.1 billion of

investment in renewable generation and storage.

2

Contact reported net profit of $331 million in FY25

and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $872 million.

Reported figures include a release of the AGS

onerous contract provision of $98 million within

EBITDAF ($71 million within net profit after tax).


The release, which takes the onerous contract

provision to nil, is a non-cash movement reflecting

improved confidence in the ability to access storage

capacity and the rising value of thermal flexibility.

Excluding the release, underlying net profit is


up 13 percent on FY24 to $261 million and EBITDAF

is up 17 percent to $774 million. Adjusting for

one-off Manawa-related transaction and integration

costs, underlying EBITDAF was $792 million.

Operating f ree cash flow of $434 million is up two

percent on the prior year. Improved operating

performance and reduced stay-in-business capex

were partly offset by relatively higher levels of

working capital (due to higher value and levels

of stored gas) together with higher interest paid

following the completion of Tauhara and the

related reduction in interest capitalisation. Contact's

renewable growth capital expenditure in FY25 of

$363 million (cash) continued to exceed our net profit.

An interim ordinary dividend of 16 cents per share

was paid in March 2025, and in August 2025 the

Board approved a final ordinary dividend of


23 cents per share (imputed by up to 13 cents per

share for qualifying shareholders). This will be paid

to investors on 24 September 2025. This means we

are delivering investors a 39 cents per share annual

dividend, up five percent on FY24. The dividend

policy targets a pay-out ratio of between 80 percent

and 100 percent of the average operating f ree


cash flow of the preceding four financial years.

3


Supported by the completion of the Manawa

acquisition, we expect to lift our total dividend in

FY26 to 40 cents per share and in FY27 to between

41 and 42 cents per share. We are actively investing

in renewable development projects to grow our

business as New Zealand decarbonises and expect

the dividend to increase further with operating cash

flow over time. We have a clear strategy and a range

of available funding options enabling us to deliver

on opportunities to continue to drive value for our

shareholders.

Final dividendInterim dividend

FY25

16

39

23

FY21FY22

14

14

35

21

35

21

14

35

21

14

37

23

FY23FY24

Dividends (cps) – declared

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20212022202320242025

Revenue$m2,5732,3872,1182,863 3,439

Operating expenses$m2,0201,8201,6132,1882,428

EBITDAF$m553546460675872

Profit/(loss)$m187182127235331

Profit per share – basiccps25.323.416.329.941.6

Operating f ree cash flow$m371330282424434

Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps50.242.436.053.954.4

Dividends declaredcps3535353739

Dividends paid$m274272273275309

Total assets$m5,0285,1665,8086,2086,813

Total liabilities$m2,1012,3263,0043,5894,053

Total equity$m2,9272,8402,8042,6192,760

Gearing ratio%2328364247

43

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

44
Enabling

our

strategy

Our Contact26 strategy remains

underpinned by our key strategic

enablers: strong environmental,

social and governance practices,

continued operational excellence,

and transformative ways of working.

This section of our Integrated Report outlines

how Contact has performed against these

three enablers, tracking our FY25 progress

and performance against key strategic metrics.

It also provides further detail on how we’ve

delivered on our vision to build a better, cleaner

and more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.

As we transition to a renewable energy future,


one thing remains clear: our enduring

commitment to doing the right thing for


Aotearoa New Zealand.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Strategic theme FY25 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Environment

Reduction of 436 ktCO

2

e

(reduced 37 percent)

Generation

emissions

Emissions f rom generation Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by

45 percent by 2026 compared to a 2018 base year

(SBTi target)

Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035

Reduction of 0.053 tCO

2

e/MWh

(reduced 39 percent)

Generation

emissions

Emissions intensity f rom

generation 

Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent per

MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018 base year

15,446 ML discharged

(decreased 1,133ML f rom FY24)

FreshwaterGeothermal fluid discharge

to rivers

Significantly reduce operational discharges of

geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026  

62,978 trees planted in FY25, 264,803

trees planted since target set in FY21

Biodiversity Number of trees planted Plant 100,000 native trees around our generation

sites by 2024

Social

114 organisations supportedCommunity

wellbeing 

Number of community

organisations supported 

Support 100 community initiatives and

organisations each year

58 percent reconnected within 24 hoursEnergy

wellbeing

Percentage reconnected 50 percent of customers disconnected for debt

reconnected within 24 hours

92 percent without Prepay

94 percent with Prepay

Energy

wellbeing

Percentage of customers

accepted 

Sign up 96 percent of new customers, increasing

energy accessibility for those with poor credit history

Strengthened procurement system to

improve supplier screening and updated

standard contracts to include modern

slavery clauses

Sustainable

procurement

Modern slavery commitmentCommitted to understanding and removing

modern slavery f rom our supply chain

98.4 percent pay equity for Contact

employees

Thriving workforcePay equity is monitored

and reported on

Ensure all Contact employees and contractors are

paid a fair and equitable wage

Governance

Continue to make progress to embed

at all levels

Thriving workforceGender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open

through all levels of our company

A member of Pride PledgeThriving workforceInclusion Maintain commitment to Pride at Contact

Issued $250 million Green Capital Bond

and A$400mn Medium Term Notes.

100 percent of debt certified as green

Thriving workforcePercentage green debtCertify all debt as green

Tracking against our strategic metrics

Four years into execution we continue to make good progress.

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

45

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

46
Strategic theme FY25 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets

Operational

excellence

Digital programme accelerated including

trading optimisation and geothermal

modelling

Digital capability

Continuously improve operations through

innovation and digitisation

Te Mihi process safety improvements madeContinuously improve operations through

innovation and digitisation

Te Mihi rotor replacement completed

1 of 4 Roxburgh turbine replacements

successfully installed and operational

3 of 4 Clyde transformers replaced

Transformative

ways of

working

Achievement of the Wellbeing Tick

Level 2 accreditation

Thriving workforceWellbeing strategy Create a flexible and high-performing environment

for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent

12,056 courses completedThriving workforceContact UniversityCreate a flexible and high-performing environment

for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent

77 leaders have completed our Mau

Taniwha Leadership programme

Thriving workforceLeadership CapabilityCreate a flexible and high-performing environment

for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Environment, social
and governance (ESG)

Our commitment to building a better

Aotearoa New Zealand is woven into

Contact’s operations. We foster resilient

communities through proactive

community engagement plans at all

our sites.

We protect our natural environment, including

responsible stewardship of the water resources

our geothermal and hydro generation sites rely on.

We focus on working in partnership with tangata

whenua to create enduring value for future

generations.

Our principle is to do the right thing in each

community. We actively avoid or mitigate adverse

impacts through tailored engagement approaches

based on the International Association for Public

Participation and environmental controls.


We do not have formal grievance processes.

Instead we consult directly with close neighbours

who may experience operational effects, assessing

issues on a case-by-case basis. We also provide

broader community updates through meetings,

drop-in sessions, online updates, and our 24-hour

community line. You can find out more about

our approach to community engagement in our

Stakeholder Engagement Policy.

Given our reliance on the country’s natural

resources, we work hard to protect and restore

biodiversity by minimising direct impacts f rom

our operations. Our Biodiversity Commitment

and details of individual biodiversity projects,

mitigation and ecological enhancement actions

can be viewed on our website.

We follow the Resource Management Act 1991

(RMA) resource consent process to avoid, minimise,

remedy or offset our impact. We also complete an

Assessment of Environmental Effects (AEE) which

helps us to identify and evaluate the potential

environmental impacts of proposed projects. More

information can be found in our Environment and

Social Impact Assessments overview and reports

are available on request f rom relevant local and

regional councils.

We work closely with stakeholders to develop

sustainable solutions to enhance species survival

for future generations. This includes the thirteen

identified International Union for Conservation


of Nature (IUCN) Red List species that reside in

areas where we operate.

We engage qualified experts to undertake

environmental assessments relating to our

discharges and their impacts on the environment.

Controls (or consent conditions) are imposed

on Contact including ongoing monitoring and

sampling to ensure we manage our discharges

appropriately. Our Water Commitment sets out

our approach to water and the process behind


our mahi and is available on our website.

This approach to environmental stewardship and

social responsibility reinforces Contact’s position

as a trusted partner in New Zealand’s sustainable

energy transition. It enables us to continue to

deliver on our fundamental responsibility of

ensuring secure, sustainable and affordable


energy supply to all New Zealanders.

Level of extinction risk

Total number of IUCN

Red List species

Critically endangered 2

Endangered5

Vulnerable3

Near threatened 3

Least concern29

Not evaluated7

Note: The breakdown of extinction risk levels has been adapted

f rom the New Zealand Threat Classification (NZTCS) categories which

are in line with DOC’s conservation status and the methodology we

categorise by. See our NZTCS breakdown on our website.

Caring for fresh water

resources, such as the

Clutha Mata-au River in

Otago, are an important

part of our tikanga.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

47

48
Strengthening our relationship

with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

In June 2025 Contact signed our Relationship

Agreement with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara. This marked


the culmination of four years of dedicated

collaboration and mutual commitment.

This agreement represents more than a contractual

arrangement. It establishes the foundation for an

enduring 20-year partnership that recognises hapū

aspirations regarding their whenua and geothermal

resources. The agreement includes financial

commitments, land transfers, and kaitiaki initiatives

that honour the deep connection between tangata

whenua and their ancestral lands.

Working closely with the Tauhara Working Party

since 2021, we've developed binding commitments

that extend through to December 2045. These align

with Contact's current resource consent timef rame

and set out a f ramework for ongoing collaboration

between Ngā Hapū o Tauhara and Contact.

The journey to this agreement has required

patience, understanding and genuine partnership.

Both parties acknowledge the mamae (underlying

hurt) experienced by Ngā Hapū o Tauhara

throughout this process. We remain committed


to building a relationship founded on good faith

and mutual respect.

Women’s Refuge:

Creating lasting change

Community wellbeing

At Contact we believe home should be a safe

space. However, for the one in three women


and children experiencing family violence in

New Zealand, this is not the case.

Our long-term partnership with Women’s Refuge,

now in its fourth year, extends beyond immediate

support to address the deeper consequences of

family violence.

In March 2025, a groundbreaking Women’s Refuge

report revealed a strong and under recognised

connection between traumatic brain injury (TBI)

and family violence in New Zealand. The findings

form part of the larger Safer When, Safer How

three-year research project – funded by Contact –


to examine family violence risk and explore how

to improve safety for women facing violence.

The impact of the project is already having

impact, both in New Zealand and internationally.

The findings have been used to inform several

legislative submissions, doctor training,

government think tanks, and in f rontline


support for those experiencing family violence.













In winter 2024, Contact again matched donations

for Women’s Refuge annual Safe Nights


fundraising appeal. To date we have donated

34,000 safe nights, helping pay for a clean, warm

bed, hot meals and secure transport and support

for women and children escaping family violence.

We continue to provide f ree energy and

broadband to 70 refuges and safe houses across

Aotearoa New Zealand, plus all Women’s Refuge

offices. This directly f rees up funds for other

essential services, as well as education and sports

programmes for children. Our partnership with

Women’s Refuge was recognised as a finalist in


the Community Initiative of the Year category at

the 2024 New Zealand Energy Excellence Awards.

By funding research like Safer When, Safer How,

we hope to help drive systemic change and

ensure that women and children not only survive,

but thrive, in safety and dignity.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Women's Refuge Safe Nights fundraising appeal.

Signing of our Relationship Agreement with

Ngā Hapū o Tauhara.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Powering community connections
in Taupō

Community wellbeing

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural

treasures

Our geothermal operations around Taupō are

more than clean energy generation – they embody

a commitment to being a good neighbour in the

communities we call home.

Since 2010, we have supported SwimWell Taupō.

The water safety programme provides f ree

swimming lessons to around 3,500 primary

students across the region each year. We have

supported the delivery of more than 300,000

swimming lessons for over 40,000 children.


In August, Taupō hosted Geothermal Week

with highlights including tours of Contact’s

Te Huka plant and an open day where more

than 300 locals toured our Wairākei steamfield

and Te Mihi power station.

We support Greening Taupō, a conservation group

which has planted over 200,000 native trees, and

Kids Greening Taupō, an educational programme

linking local Taupō schools and early childhood

education centres with environmental projects.

In August 2024, our Contact teams, whānau and

members of the local community planted around

2,000 native trees near our Wairākei power station.

This year, we celebrate the 10-year anniversary of

our partnership with Kids Greening Taupō. We also

sponsored the 2024 Lake Taupō Cycle Challenge,

a charitable event with any surpluses returned to

local schools, sports clubs and charities.

Through these partnerships, Contact demonstrates

that being a good neighbour means more than the

safe operation of our sites. It means active investment

in community wellbeing and creating positive

impacts that extend beyond our plant boundaries.

Extending our partnership with

the Taranaki Kiwi Trust

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

We've worked with the Taranaki Kiwi Trust since

2020 when we sponsored Koko, a resident kiwi on

Taranaki Maunga.

The Trust protects and preserves the Western

Brown Kiwi population throughout Taranaki.


It manages pest control on public and private

land and conducts egg lifts, kiwi releases,

monitoring and surveying. The Trust also


provides protection for kiwi on private

properties through predator trapping.

In 2025, Contact extended our support with a three-

year sponsorship enabling the Trust to undertake

education and advocacy programmes across the

Taranaki region.


Our environmental stewardship

at Wairākei

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

Freshwater systems

Our commitment to environmental protection of

the Wairākei area has been demonstrated through

recent incident management and expanded

conservation initiatives.

In mid-2024, a circuit breaker fault disrupted power

to the Wairākei Bioreactor, which typically removes

up to 95 percent of the hydrogen sulphide f rom

cooling water discharge f rom our Wairākei A & B

power stations. The fault resulted in a temporary

breach of our weekly consented hydrogen

sulphide discharge limit. Waikato Regional Council

commended our communication throughout

the incident and our response in monitoring

and mitigating effects. The Council concluded

a statutory defence was suitable and no further

action was warranted. Contact held three learning

sessions with tangata whenua, including Ngā

Kaihautū and the Tūwharetoa Māori Trust Board,

to identify opportunities to improve collaborative

responses for future environmental events.

Contact’s environmental stewardship extends beyond

incident response. Together with the Wairākei Ahi

Tamou Rōpu, Contact has finalised an overarching

Taiao Plan to restore the environmental, cultural and

spiritual health of the Wairākei geothermal field.

Our focus has shifted to the physical and ecological

restoration of Te Kiri O Hinekai Stream, Te Rau O Te

Huia Stream and the Wairākei Geyser Valley, where

strategic pest plant and animal control and native

planting is underway. In early 2025, Contact held

a planting day with the Kura Kaupapa Māori and

hapū members at Te Rau O Te Huia, enabling hapū

to reconnect with the whenua.

These initiatives demonstrate Contact’s holistic

approach to environmental responsibility,

combining operational excellence with meaningful

partnerships and long-term ecological restoration.

Contact's Amber Archer and her son Kahurangi,

with Toby Shanley of Taranaki Kiwi Trust.

Photo credit: Jenny Oakley.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

49

50
Progress on Kawarau Arm

Community Project

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

Community wellbeing

The Kawarau Arm Community Project manages

one of Central Otago's most significant waterf ront

areas, where environmental challenges meet

community aspirations.

This initiative addresses amenity effects associated

with sedimentation in the Kawarau Arm of Lake

Dunstan through community-based solutions.

We engaged with mana whenua, stakeholders and

engineering and ecological experts to determine

four priority elements: native planting, a raised

boardwalk, a jetty extension, and land reclamation.

We are in the process of obtaining resource

consent and developing final designs.

In November 2024, we began the five-yearly

ref resh of our Manuherekia and Kawarau Arm

Landscape and Visual Amenity Management

Plans (LVAMPs). The community feedback and

engagement phase will continue through to


July 2025 when re-assessed LVAMPs will be

submitted to Otago Regional Council. Read more

about this on our project website.

Upgrading our kanakana passage

system at Roxburgh

Freshwater systems health

Renewable electricity generation relies on our

natural resources, including water as taonga, but

can also disrupt the natural ecosystems dependent

on those resources.

Our hydroelectric operations on the Clutha


Mata-Au create barriers that interrupt the natural

migration patterns of native f reshwater species

including tuna (eels) and kanakana (lamprey).


We continue to implement opportunities

to ensure the safe passage of these species.

Our trap-and-transfer programme continues to

deliver meaningful outcomes for juvenile tuna (elver)

with a purpose-built fish passage system at our

Roxburgh dam. In FY25, we trapped and transferred

165 kilograms of elver above the Roxburgh dam,


up significantly f rom 95.5 kilograms in FY24.

The existing passage system has proven less

successful for kanakana, which have different

migration patterns and physical requirements to

elver. Our monitoring tools on site confirmed the

currrent ramp angle was too steep and narrow for

the adult kanakana.

We're now progressing the design of a new

purpose-built system that follows the New Zealand

Fish Passage Guidelines, with support f rom the

National Institute of Water and Atmospheric

Research (NIWA). Working alongside the Mata-

Au Trust, we will engage with local iwi and

stakeholders throughout this project.

Contact’s continued access to water comes with

responsibilities that define our use, management,

and stewardship practices. We're committed to

collaborative relationships that improve the mauri

of our waterways as we advance New Zealand’s

renewable energy transition.

Growing genuine, authentic

partnerships

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

In December 2024, Contact’s Board endorsed

our Tangata Whenua f ramework after two years

of development. This f ramework structures how

Contact supports tangata whenua aspirations for

social, cultural, and ecological enhancements while

maintaining our position as a preferred partner.

It establishes Contact as a Tiriti-aware organisation

and demonstrates how we respond to mana

whenua needs beyond legal obligations to

include our ethical responsibilities as a significant

electricity generator, resource user, and retailer in

Aotearoa New Zealand.

South Island developments

Contact and Papatipu Rūnanga signed a Mana to

Mana agreement marking our joint commitment

to building substantive relationships with the

seven southern runaka and pursuing strategic

partnerships in the takiwā.

The Mata-Au Trust is undergoing a reset with the

seven runaka to realign the approach and focus


to better suit rūnanga aspirations and enable

clearer direction on matters of importance.

In Otago, we engaged Aukaha to co-design

environmental improvements for the Kawarau

Arm Community Project (see Environment, social

and governance). Cultural considerations were

embedded throughout the process. In Southland,

our relationship with Te Ao Marama Incorporated

(TAMI) facilitated agreed consent conditions and

cultural mitigation for the Southland Wind Farm,

with TAMI providing support for our Fast-Track

Approvals Act application application (see


Grow renewable development).

Members of our sustainability team.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

North Island progress
Wairākei

The Wairākei Relationship Group, Te Ahi Tamou,

continues to deliver positive ecological results

across all sites of cultural significance. The

Contact-funded Project Manager position has

been extended to build hapū capacity while

progressing important ecological mahi. In May

2025, we celebrated the refurbishment of Te Mihi

Uenukukopako Pou – a symbol of our enduring

relationship with Ngā Hapū o Wairākei first unveiled

in 2014. A whānau day welcomed hapū members to


Wairākei Power Station, including tours of our Te Mihi

and Te Mihi Stage 2 sites, to understand how the

taonga of Te Ahi Tamou is used to create electricity. 

Ohaaki

Contact and the Landowner Collective are working

to compensate the three Trusts, A130 Tahokuri,


338 Marae Trust and Ngati Tahu Tribal Lands Trust,

for greater than expected subsidence at Ohaaki.

We continue collaborating with Ngāti Tahu kaitiaki

whenua to address land subsidence, temperature

impacts at Piripi Urupā, and water clarity issues.

Peer review panels provide independent specialist

information to both iwi and Contact.

Stratford

Our relationship with Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti

Maru has grown through a Kaitiaki Rōpu covering

existing operations and new renewable projects.

Work has centred on our proposed Stratford Solar

Farm including ongoing kōrero and an information

session at Whakaahurangi Marae in December

2024. Cultural Impact Assessments are underway

to understand the cultural values of the proposed

site and environmental protection opportunities.

Glorit

Relationships built with Puatahi Marae f rom Ngāti

Whātua o Kaipara enable us to work together to

understand their history and cultural aspirations

for the whenua and hapū as we seek consent for

the Glorit Solar Farm.

Glenbrook

With no presence in the rohē, Contact worked

with NZ Steel and local iwi, including Ngāti te

Ata Waiohua as mana whenua, to understand

tangata whenua relationships for our Glenbrook-

Ohurua battery energy storage project (see Grow

Renewable Development). Regular kōrero with

Ngāti Te Ata led to a cultural values assessment

that shaped our resource consent approach and

relationship agreement. Following mid-2024

consent approval, the project advanced quickly

and continues to benefit f rom iwi involvement,

including cultural monitoring and naming.

This past year has demonstrated Contact's

commitment to meaningful partnerships with

tangata whenua groups. We remain conscious

of growth opportunities as we look forward to

welcoming the Manawa whānau.

"The relationship between hapū and Contact is still very strong as the Pou is still firmly bolted to our whenua."

Gayle Leaf, Ngā Hapū o Wairākei.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

51

52
Dow Jones Sustainability Index

For the fourth consecutive year, we have been

included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index

(DJSI) Asia Pacific, cementing our position among

the region's sustainability leaders.

Building on our strong foundation f rom previous

years, we have worked hard to advance our

performance across the broad range of ESG

categories measured by the DJSI assessment.


This sustained commitment has maintained

Contact's position as one of only five New Zealand

companies in the Index.

Since our initial inclusion in 2022, Contact has


consistently demonstrated leadership in

sustainability across key areas including

environmental stewardship, social responsibility,

and governance excellence. Our ongoing inclusion

reflects the meaningful progress we continue

to make in delivering positive outcomes for all

stakeholders.

Strengthening our procurement

programme

Sustainable procurement

In November 2024, Contact launched a

Strengthening Procurement Programme to

address supplier management gaps and drive

better business outcomes.

The programme was designed with input f rom


our people who procure goods and services.

It ensures all suppliers and contractors operate

transparently without contributing to modern


day slavery or other unacceptable business

practices. It transforms how we enter supplier

agreements through centralised decisions that

assess quality, data security, insurance adequacy,

and geopolitical risks.

From early 2025, we focused on improving its

Contract Management System to streamline

processes. The programme brings structure to

procurement practices, extending beyond cost


to encompass social and sustainability goals

while protecting our team and business, data,

contractors, suppliers, supply chain, and vulnerable

workers across the world.

As with the rollout of any new system, we've


gained valuable insights throughout the process.

One key takeaway has been the need for


consistent practices across our business units

and procurement requirements. We'll continue

to apply these and other lessons as we work to

further enhance our procurement operations.

With the new system now in place, we are

gathering data to inform the development of


goals and targets for sustainable procurement.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Reducing greenhouse gas emissions
and measuring our impact  

Generation emissions and renewable energy supply

Our strategy to be a leader in decarbonisation

means cutting emissions f rom our own operations

and helping our retail and business customers

to cut theirs (see Grow demand and Create

outstanding customer experiences).  

With a deep commitment and respect for science,

we use the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol

to calculate our emissions, and we report in

accordance with The Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards.  

Our emissions consist of: Scope 1 emissions, direct

emissions f rom our operations, Scope 2 emissions

f rom the purchase and use of electricity, and Scope 3

emissions created throughout our value chain.  

In 2018 we established ambitious science-based

targets, which were updated in 2021 to:  

+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions

45 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year 

+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3 emissions f rom

all sold electricity 45 percent by 2026 f rom a

2018 base year 

+ reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold

products 34 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018


base year.  

We are making good progress overall towards

these targets. Although year-on-year fluctuations

will occur, they will not put at risk our long-term

ambition of being net zero in our generation

operations for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions


by 2035.  


Like 2024, this year featured low hydro inflows

which impacted our ability to generate electricity

f rom our Clyde and Roxburgh dams. We were

able to offset this with increased geothermal

generation thanks to a full year of generation f rom

our Tauhara station, and contribution f rom the

newly built Te Huka 3.  

As mentioned in Decarbonise our portfolio,

we extended the operational life of our TCC

plant to support the electricity market during

unprecedented supply constraints. Our generation

was 88 percent renewable in FY25, and our Scope 1

emissions decreased in comparison to 2024.  

We continue to focus on opportunities to better

understand, and manage, our Scope 3 emissions


to accelerate reductions in this area.  

Compared to our 2018 base year, in FY25: 

+ our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 37 percent

lower 

+ our Scope 3 emissions were 28 percent lower. 

Our targets were set with consideration for short-

term fluctuations based on weather patterns, and

we remain confident and committed to achieving

our 2026 targets.  

Work to review our targets began this year in line

with Science Based Target initiative guidelines.  

We continue to support national efforts to reduce

emissions through our active membership in

initiatives such as The Aotearoa Circle and Climate

Leaders Coalition. 

1,250,000

1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY25FY22

Emissions from electricity generation (tCO

2

e)

1,250,000

1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18

Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope

(tCO

2

e) for Contact and Western Energy

Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations

Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity

Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain

FY24FY25

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

53

54
Operational Excellence

Our commitment to operational

excellence centres on maintaining

safe, reliable, and resilient infrastructure

that serves New Zealand's energy needs.

The electricity market continues to transform with

increasing renewable generation and growing

demand volatility. In response, we prioritise strategic

investments that enhance both asset performance

and system reliability.

Our approach encompasses proactive asset

management, continuous safety improvement,


and strategic capital allocation. This ensures

Contact can navigate market uncertainties

while maintaining our fundamental commitment

to safety, environmental stewardship, and

community wellbeing.

Upgrades to our Clyde and Roxburgh

hydroelectric dams

Safe and resilient infrastructure, reliable energy supply

Contact is upgrading critical inf rastructure

at both our Roxburgh and Clyde hydroelectric

facilities to modernise New Zealand’s renewable

energy inf rastructure.

At Clyde, Contact has replaced three of the four

end-of-life transformers with modern alternatives.

The upgrade focused on maintaining existing

capacity and represents an investment in grid

reliability and operational continuity. The third


unit was commissioned in May 2025. The fourth

unit is currently stored on site awaiting installation

in early 2026.

In recognition of Contact’s commitment to

diversity and inclusion, each new Clyde transformer

has been painted in a different colour of the

rainbow. This approach ties our Tikanga, or what

we believe in, with our essential inf rastructure.

At Roxburgh, we are replacing four of the eight

turbines in a multi-year $30 million project.


The new 28.5 tonne, 3.9m diameter stainless steel

turbines are designed and manufactured by German

hydro-engineering specialist Voith Hydro. These

turbines utilise modern engineering techniques and

are more efficient than the original Canadian-built

units that have served the power station for seven

decades since commissioning in the late 1950s.

The upgrade will increase the dam’s average annual

generation by 44GWh. This is enough renewable

energy to power an additional 6,000 homes.


This efficiency gain demonstrates how technology

can maximise renewable energy output f rom

existing inf rastructure without requiring additional

water resources. The upgrade will also displace

almost 20,000 tonnes of carbon emissions

each year. The first new turbine came online

in December 2024 and the second turbine is

expected to be operational by the end of winter 2025.

Both upgrades ensure our South Island generation

inf rastructure will continue operating safely and

reliably for future decades.

Upgrades to our turbines

at Roxburgh Dam.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Innovation in geothermal wells
Reliable energy supply

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Contact’s geothermal expertise extends beyond

generation to well maintenance, demonstrating

our commitment to safe and resilient

inf rastructure that keeps New Zealand’s lights on.

Formation scaling creates mineral build-up

that restricts fluid flow in geothermal wells,

reducing power generation and creating risk

to inf rastructure resilience. Traditional cleaning

methods using generic chemical solutions

deliver inconsistent results and compromise our

operational efficiency.

Our geothermal team worked with Western

Energy Services to develop a data-driven approach

to geothermal well maintenance. The process

uses tailored chemical treatments for each well

based on specific reservoir conditions. It combines

laboratory testing with engineering insights and

operational execution, and delivers improved

treatment effectiveness, extended well operation

and reduced costs.

Contact has increased generation revenue through

more effective cleans and achieved larger, longer

uplifts in wells through this optimised process.

We’ve also enhanced safety through a formation

cleaning skid that automates chemical delivery

and reduces manual handling of hazardous

chemicals. The skid minimises operator exposure

and isolates potential spill areas.

Since launching in March 2025, the approach has

attracted significant interest f rom geothermal

operators in New Zealand, Indonesia, and the

Philippines.

In June, our approach was named as a finalist in

the Innovation in Energy category of the 2025


New Zealand Energy Excellence Awards,

demonstrating Contact’s strengthening of


New Zealand's renewable energy inf rastructure

while establishing new industry benchmarks for

reliable geothermal operations.

Real-time energy monitoring

transforms decision-making

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Customer wellbeing and trust

This year, Simply Energy launched Site IQ –

a comprehensive site metering platform

connected to an online dashboard that enables

customers to monitor their energy use in real time.

The solution helps businesses to track their energy

use, identify inefficiencies, optimise consumption,

and project future energy demands, ultimately

driving down both operational costs and carbon

emissions. For businesses able to flexible in their

energy use, Site IQ also enables customers to take

advantage of energy market opportunities through

features including price-responsive scheduling,

seven-day price and dispatch forecasting, and

reserve price monitoring.

The solution has proven instrumental for Pasture

Pet Foods’ Hawke’s Bay-based manufacturing

facility during their electric boiler installation project.

The company faced a critical constraint: staying

within an existing site capacity limit to avoid

a costly network upgrade. Once Site IQ was

deployed, real-time data f rom across the facility

revealed sufficient headroom to operate the

new boiler at full capacity, removing the need

for additional inf rastructure upgrades whilst

remaining on track with its expansion and

decarbonisation goals.

Enhancing our digital asset

management

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Contact’s generation business has implemented

several upgrades to the way we manage assets

throughout their end-to-end lifecycle.

We now capture higher quality data during the design

and build phases of asset development. This approach

ensures our digital systems meet the operational

needs of new greenfield sites f rom day one and

enhances our digital asset management capabilities.

We have improved how we discover and organise

information about our existing brownfield assets.

This helps us make evidence-based decisions about

Our geothermal well formation cleaning kit.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

55

56
asset health and record management. It has also

enabled faster engineering troubleshooting, better

maintenance planning and easier compliance

reporting.

We created a near-real-time outage monitoring

system across our geothermal sites to support a

more strategic approach to outage scheduling.


The system provides planning advantages and will

help maintain operational excellence during the

next 12–18 months of scheduled maintenance work.

Optimising scheduled maintenance

practices

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Reliable energy supply

At Contact, our scheduled maintenance

shutdowns (or turnarounds) are critical to


ensuring reliable electricity generation and

reducing the risk of unexpected outages.

Our 38-day turnaround at Te Mihi in late 2024

demonstrated how integrated planning directly

enhances our operational efficiency. Through

a combined approach, we brought day-to-day

maintenance, capital projects, reservoir operations

and standard operating outage procedures

together under one coordinated schedule. This

approach optimises power station downtime while

ensuring all teams work toward common deadlines.

In the recent Te Mihi turnaround, the combined

team completed over 560 work orders. They also

finished new pipelines, safety upgrades, turbine

overhauls, hot well pump overhauls and well

testing.

Our combined approach has reduced turnaround

duration. Strategic timing and alignment with

other industry players has helped to ensure we

have access to quality contractors and specialised

equipment when needed.

Following Te Mihi’s completion, the team

transitioned to planning subsequent turnarounds.

These include the Te Huka units completed in

February 2025, Ohaaki completed in May/June 2025,

Tauhara scheduled in November and Te Huka 3 in

February 2026.

New steam paths at Te Mihi

Reliable energy supply

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Contact has completed the first phase of a six-year

asset management strategy for the Te Mihi

geothermal power station by investing $25 million

in new steam path technology f rom Toshiba.

Following Board approval in FY22, Contact

purchased and installed new intermediate and

low-pressure steam paths into Unit 1 during the

October 2024 scheduled maintenance outage.

Performance testing confirms the technology is

meeting or exceeding guaranteed operational

parameters. The existing steam paths will be

returned to Toshiba for refurbishment and installed

into Unit 2 during FY29’s maintenance outage to

optimise asset lifecycle value.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Wairākei A Station incident drives
asset management improvements

Safe and resilient infrastructure

In December 2024, smoke was detected f rom an

11kV switchboard at Contact’s Wairākei A Station.

Operators responded by de-energising the

switchboard and evacuating the site. They notified

the Site Emergency Response Team and Fire and

Emergency New Zealand who arrived promptly

and confirmed the area was safe.

Investigation revealed age-related insulation

breakdown caused arc damage to critical

switching equipment. This highlighted the

challenges of aging inf rastructure. Our response

demonstrated operational resilience, with our

engineering and maintenance teams rebuilding

the affected inf rastructure and repurposing

redundant equipment to restore full functionality.

The 33MW station remained offline for five months.

The incident reinforced the need for vigilance when

operating mature assets and informed improvements

to our inf rastructure management practices.

Staying ahead in cybersecurity

Safe and resilient infrastructure

At Contact, we continue to strengthen our

cybersecurity capabilities to maintain customer

trust and operational resilience.

This year we improved our security posture in

response to the global nature of inf rastructure

threats and growing use of AI in cyberattacks.

We enhanced our defence-in-depth approach


with additional protection layers. We increased

our ability to detect, respond to, and recover

f rom incidents through disaster recovery testing.

We also advanced our capability to classify and

protect sensitive information with stronger controls.

Our investment in training ensures our people

remain engaged in building a security culture.

Transforming our Data and AI

capabilities

Safe and resilient infrastructure

This year, we enhanced our Artificial Intelligence (AI),

machine learning and data platform capabilities.

As a result, our systems are faster and more

interactive, and our insights are more reliable.

With these technology advances, we’re seeing

tangible improvements across our Contact

operations. We have streamlined corporate

reporting and Hot Water Sorter automation that

is delivering better customer experiences. Our

generation team has enhanced hazard reporting

and geothermal forecasting.

We’ve grown the capabilities of our Contact people

too, by delivering regular in-house AI training

sessions over the last year. We also rolled out

Microsoft Copilot across the organisation to boost

productivity.

From steam to systems:

Process Safety strategy

Safe and resilient infrastructure

At Contact, Process Safety is our commitment to

managing the hazards inherent in generating and

delivering energy safely, reliably, and responsibly.

It’s about keeping the energy and substances we

work with – like high-pressure steam, geothermal

fluids, natural gas, and chemicals – contained

within our systems.

We define Process Safety as the systems, procedures,

and practices that prevent major incidents and

protect our people, assets, and the environment.

These incidents are typically low in f requency but

high in consequence. Our goal is to ensure they

never occur. 

At Contact, our strategy is proactive and integrated.

We ask three questions:

1. What could go wrong?

2. What barriers and controls do we have in place


to prevent it?

3. How do we assure ourselves that those barriers

are working effectively?

This mindset is embedded across our operations.

We apply international best practices f rom

organisations like the Center for Chemical Process

Safety (CCPS). We continuously improve our

approach through programmes like Safe to Run

and our Dam Safety Assurance initiatives.

Process Safety at Contact is more than a compliance

requirement. It’s part of our culture and how we

ensure the energy we produce for New Zealanders

is generated with care, foresight, and integrity.

This year, we have:

+ Completed the installation of Process Safety

improvements for Te Mihi

+ Completed aged plant study for Wairākei A & B

stations and developed a modification package

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

57

58
to enable B station to operate safely through

to 2031

+ Progressed our Dam Safety Assurance

Programme development for submission


to our regulators

+ Updated and submitted our safety case

for the Wairākei binary power station.

Protecting privacy

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Customer wellbeing and trust

Protecting customer and employee privacy is

a priority for Contact. We are responsible for

protecting all personal information we manage.

We monitor and test our privacy settings to protect

our customers. This year we enhanced our focus

on privacy risks. We provided ref reshed training

for our customer service representatives, raised

business-wide awareness during Privacy Week,


and improved our technical processes.

Our Privacy Committee coordinates privacy

governance and management across the business.

The committee is made up of senior leaders f rom

across the business and meets every two months

to review privacy and drive a privacy-focused

culture. It convenes immediately to approve

responses for any moderate or greater breaches.

Western Energy growth

Reliable energy supply

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Our team at Western Energy had a productive year,

delivering major geothermal well service projects

while maintaining strong business-as-usual

performance.

Key milestones included securing our Philippines

branch licence and completing virtual offices.


Our high-capacity coiled tubing unit project,

despite challenges, marked a major achievement –


especially with the TH03 well milestone. We also

built, commissioned, and deployed a chemical

cleaning spread for an external client, showcasing

our engineering capabilities and earning finalist

recognition at the NZ Energy Excellence Awards.

A proud moment came when we represented


New Zealand’s geothermal expertise at the

Embassy of Japan. Our safety performance

remained exceptional, supported by strong

statistics and a culture of continuous learning.

Consultancy growth with Mercury and strategic

engagement with New Zealand Geothermal

Association (NZGA) enabled us to capture


90 percent of available work and deliver strong

revenue outcomes.

On the strategic f ront, we advanced our ESG

roadmap and secured last-minute wins with


live well clean and radial cutting tool projects.

To round out FY25, we’re excited to have secured

the feasibility contract for Top Energy – opening

the door to drilling execution opportunities in

FY26–FY27.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Transformative
ways of working

At Contact, we focus on growing a

workplace where our people can

perform at their best. This means

putting our energy where it matters to

build a better Aotearoa New Zealand.

The past 18 months have presented significant

economic challenges for New Zealand. Rising

unemployment and cost-of-living pressures have

affected communities across the country. While

these external factors have impacted our business,

our people have remained committed to supporting

Contact's strategic objectives as we work toward a

sustainable energy future.

Employment market dynamics have created both

challenges and opportunities for our business.

We recruited fewer roles than in previous years

and saw an increase in applications for advertised

positions. This interest has enabled us to maintain

our focus on securing highly-skilled people for

appropriate roles while ensuring our workforce

reflects the diversity of New Zealand society.

Continued growth in applications f rom interns,

graduates and early-career professionals has

been encouraging. This influx of emerging talent

supports our organisational development as we

prepare for the next strategy horizon.

Broader economic pressures have been reflected

in our internal metrics. In June 2025, our employee

engagement score declined to 7.5 f rom 8.4 the

previous year, while our employee Net Promoter

Score (a measure of those who would recommend

working at Contact) decreased to 26 f rom 55.


One contributing factor has been the high level

of organisational change, which, while necessary

for our transformation, brings uncertainty that

can affect how people feel. These results reinforce

the importance of our focus on creating clarity,

connection, and confidence in our transformative

ways of working as we shape our future.

This year, our Contact-wide prioritisation

programme, Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora, continued

to enhance organisational focus. It effectively

aligned resources and strengthened the delivery

of commitments made under our Contact26

strategy. This included productivity improvements

such as automated leave balance reporting and

the ref resh of our corporate website.

Through continuing to evolve how we operate,

collaborate, and solve challenges, we are

strengthening our organisational capabilities


while ensuring Contact is well-placed to drive

the sustainable energy transformation.

Growing a diverse pipeline

of future talent

A thriving workforce

We are building a strong and diverse talent pipeline.

This includes addressing critical skills gaps integral

to successfully delivering on our strategy.

We focus on creating opportunities for early-career

professionals and strengthening our brand as a

recognised graduate employer. In February 2025,

graduate recruitment specialist Prosple named

Contact the most sought-after energy and


utilities employer for graduates for the second

consecutive year. Contact also ranked the second

most sought-after employer in New Zealand overall.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

59

60
In February, Contact welcomed nine new

graduates into roles spanning engineering and

sciences. Six of the new graduates were women.

The programme supports recent graduates

through an 18-month period of rotations across

different business areas before they move into

permanent roles.

We welcomed nine interns with backgrounds in

engineering, environmental sustainability, and

law over the last summer. Five of the interns were

women.

To grow diversity and increase representation

of women, Māori and Pasifika at Contact, we

continued our partnership with First Foundation.

We sponsored an additional First Foundation

scholar in FY25. The First Foundation supports

young New Zealanders whose circumstances make

it harder to attend university. The organisation

provides financial assistance, f ree counselling via

Clearhead, paid work experience, and dedicated

mentors over a four-year programme.

Learn more about our early career programmes


on our website.

Belonging at Contact

A thriving workforce

We're creating a workplace where all our people

can thrive and bring their whole selves to work.

We are building a culture where inclusion is

embedded as part of our Tikanga through our

Inclusion and Diversity Policy and related strategy.

Now in the third year of our Growing your Whānau

Policy, more than 45 team members have taken

up the policy as the primary carer this year, with a

further receiving the partner benefits it provides.

Over 380 team members are actively involved

in our four employee Networks: Women, Ngā

Pūngao o Te Moana (Māori and Pasifika), Pride,

and Wellbeing. Last year, network members told

us that they wanted to focus on a wider range

of activities with strategic impact so this year

the range of initiatives was expanded to include

inclusive leadership training, guest speaker series,

cultural events, wellbeing programmes, and

'Sweat with Pride' fundraising that raised $14,336

to directly support the wellbeing of rainbow

communities through the Burnett Foundation

Aotearoa. Our cumulative total in the past three

years is more than $35,000.

This year, we completed our first Rainbow Inclusion

stocktake through our partnership with Pride

Pledge New Zealand, ensuring our rainbow

community help us to shape how we bring

inclusion to life. We continue to reimagine Contact’s

Belonging Strategy to support our teams across

life stages while focussing on gender diversity,

the Rainbow+ community, Māori and Pasifika,

and accessibility. We are providing unconscious

bias training through the Women’s Network and

allyship webinars available to all staff; plus Inclusive

Leadership Training to targeted leadership teams.

We know that to better serve our customers and

communities through innovative products and

services we need diverse thinking leading and

shaping our organisation. We continue making

targeted improvements to build a team that better

represents the customers and communities we

serve.

Our shared gender balance goal

A thriving workforce

Contact partners with Global Women on the

Champions for Change reporting initiative.


This monitors participating organisations’

progress towards our shared gender balance

goal of 40:40:20 (men:women:open).

Our seven-person Contact Board has three

female members. Our current Contact Leadership

Team of nine has one woman. We acknowledge

improvements are needed. It is pleasing to see the

number of women in senior management roles

When Luka completed her bachelor’s degree

in chemical and biological engineering at the

University of Waikato; she looked around at

graduate programmes on offer.

“I was initially interested in Contact because of

their position on building more renewable energy.

Once I decided to apply, the Contact programme

stood out, as it felt more about getting to know

me as a person”, says Luka a former New Zealand

representative rower.

In 2022, Luka joined Contact’s graduate programme

and initially worked on the Huka 3 geothermal

power station project. “This was a great opportunity

to get the on-the-job experience of seeing a project

go through to the Final Investment Decision and

into execution.”

Her 18-month graduate programme included

rotations in the geothermal team. Luka also

spent time with the outage team during Wairākei

geothermal power station’s four-yearly shutdown.

“Outages are the best times to actually see what

things look like on the inside.”

After Luka’s time in the graduate programme

wrapped up, she moved into a project engineer

role. Luka is currently working on the


Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal project.

“I feel very fortunate to be here at Contact


during this stage of growth and to have had

so many opportunities in such a short space

of time,” she says. “The graduate programme

really accelerated that for me.”

Luka Ellery

Project Engineer

and Contact graduate

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Gender
(Contact and Western Energy)

FY25FY24

Men

53.3%

Men

53.3%

Women

45.3%

Women

45.3%

Undisclosed

1.5%

Undisclosed


1.4%

Age diversity

(Contact and Western Energy)

FY24FY25

Under 30

18%

Under 30

16%

30–50

50%

30–50

51%

Over 50

31%

Undisclosed

1%

Undisclosed


1%

across Contact has increased f rom 31 percent

in FY24 to 40 percent this year. Women in our

overall workforce remained at 45.3%.

Like our energy industry peers, Contact faces a

long-term challenge in addressing the gender pay

gap. Our median pay gap increased 42.2 percent to

42.4 percent in FY25. The gap reflects our workforce

composition which remains predominantly female

in our contact centre and predominantly male

across our power station sites where there are a

number of highly skilled, highly paid technical


roles. You can read more about this in gender pay

reporting.

Our people have told us how important pay equity

is to them, and we know that perceptions of

inequity can affect employee engagement. We are

focusing our Inclusion and Diversity initiatives to

help close this gap.

Developing our people’s potential

A thriving workforce

Our Mau Taniwha Leadership programme is now

in its second year. Co-designed with leaders, for

leaders, it offers two pathways: one for leaders and

emerging leaders, and another tailored to more

experienced senior leaders.

“I believe I will use the learnings f rom this course

in all aspects of my life, for the rest of it. The best

takeaway f rom the course was not the content,


but the change in mindset.”

Contact University is our custom-developed online

learning portal available to all team members.


It offers academies, courses, webinars, podcasts

and videos. In the last 12 months, more than


12,000 individual courses were completed by

Contact and Western Energy team members.

Embedding a culture of care

A thriving workforce

In 2024, Contact achieved Wellbeing Tick Level 2

accreditation, demonstrating our focus on

psychological safety and employee wellbeing.

Our Employee Assistance Programme, Clearhead,

maintained steady momentum throughout the

year. We normalise mental health conversations

and share employee stories. Six percent of

employees and their whānau accessed support

over the past year.

We use employee insights and data-driven

approaches to focus on what matters most to our

people. This year we amplified employee voices

through wellbeing webinars and network events,

focused on financial wellbeing partnerships,

developed leadership capability around difficult

conversations and change management,


and strengthened workplace connection.

The number of our people saying they feel

a sense of connection working at Contact

increased 14 percent f rom our last survey.

Gender

Board and Leadership Team

FY25FY24

FY25

FY24

Board

Leadership Team

Women

3

Women

3

Men

4

Men

4

Men

8

Men

8

Women

1

Women

2

1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for

Contact only, Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.

2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.

Ethnicity

1

Māori

0

200

300

400

100

500

600

Pasifika

Asian

European

Other

AMELA

2

Undisclosed

2025 2024

Over 50

32%

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

61

62
Our priority: health and safety

A thriving workforce

Across Contact, our teams look out for each other

and take safety seriously. Leaders support everyone

to return home safely to their whānau at the end of

the working day.

Our f rontline people know how to do their jobs.


We work with them to develop better ways of

working that achieve safety outcomes while

meeting legal and regulatory requirements.


We focus on continuous improvement of the

systems and f rameworks.   

In August 2024 Contact won the Well-being

Award at the 2024 New Zealand Energy

Excellence Awards for our employee skin health

programme. The programme has expanded to

include education and UV audits leading to better

sun protection and more sunscreen dispensing

locations across our sites. The programme’s impact

extends beyond our workplace. One of our team

members used her training to identify skin cancers

in family members, leading to successful treatment

of melanoma and squamous cell carcinoma.

Last year we reported on a health and safety

intitiative in Contact's AI hackathon. This has led to

a funded initiative to develop an AI large language

model that looks across multiple systems. The model

analyses a wide range of data and joins the dots

between weak signals that individuals might miss,

alerting us when something starts to deteriorate or

shift. The interface allows our people to interrogate

data and find the complete history of observations,

notifications and incident investigation learnings for

the plant they are working on.

I am really impressed with the effort Contact

puts into health and wellbeing – onsite nurse,

flu vaccines, skin checks, online mental health

support – all excellent.

A Contact employee

Pulse Employee Survey

Health and safety of our people is our top priority.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

About us
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

63

64
Our Board

In the Governance matters section of this report we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of strategic skills.

You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.

Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding, and strong experience across the boardroom table. Their

governance sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the hard

questions until they are satisfied with decisions, help us to seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the interests

of all our stakeholders.

Robert McDonald

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR

Appointed director November 2015

Member of the People Committee

Sandra Dodds

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director September 2021

Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

David Gibson

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director February 2024

Member of the Audit and Risk Committee

Jon Macdonald

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director November 2018

Chair of the People Committee

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director March 2021

Member of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee, and People

Committee

David Smol

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director October 2018

Member of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee, and Audit and

Risk Committee

Elena Trout

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director October 2016

Chair of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee

Deion Campbell

NON-INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director July 2025 by the

Board and will be standing for election

by shareholders at 2025 ASM

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our leadership team
You can find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.

Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and

timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions, and prospects.

They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders. They manage the day-to-day

operations of our people and our resources to ensure we operate effectively and efficiently.

Mike Fuge

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Joined 2020

Chris Abbott

CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER

Joined 2019

Joined leadership team Dec 2021

Jan Bibby

CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER

Joined 2019

John Clark

CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER

Joined 2018

Joined leadership team Feb 2022

Dorian Devers

CHIEF RENEWABLE GROWTH OFFICER

Joined 2018

Tighe Wall

CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER

Joined 2020

Joined leadership team Sep 2021

Matt Forbes

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Joined 2015

Joined leadership team May 2025

Matt Bolton

TRANSITION DIRECTOR

Joined 2009

Joined leadership team Mar 2021

Michael Robertson

ACTING CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER


Joined 2008

Joined leadership team Oct 2024 –

Jul 2025

Carolyn Luey

CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER

Joined July 2025

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

65

66
External influences

1 https://www.ea.govt.nz/documents/7069/Review_of_winter_2024.pdf

At Contact, our ability to create value

for our shareholders is affected by

global influences, such as economic

conditions and climate change, as well

as local factors including the cost of

living and New Zealand’s regulatory

environment.

The energy trilemma

The World Energy Council’s Energy Trilemma

is a set of objectives to guide energy policy, and it’s

a useful reference for making sure we’re putting

our energy where it really matters.

The Energy Trilemma comprises:

+Energy Security – ensuring the security

and reliability of energy supplies

+Energy Sustainability – decarbonising

energy production

+Energy Affordability – minimising the cost

of energy to consumers

New Zealand continues to rate well in this index


with a AAA score (an ‘A’ for each metric above),

and an overall ranking of ninth in the world.

However, globally, the World Energy Council’s

2024 report has found the aftermath of COVID-19

lockdowns and Europe’s energy crisis have contributed

to deteriorating energy security worldwide.

Around the world, the energy sector continued

to grapple with enhancing energy security while

navigating evolving risks and balancing those

challenges with emerging opportunities. Here in

New Zealand, our industry conf ronts new realities

as we continue to pursue ambitious renewable

energy targets.



Like other countries, New Zealand’s security score

was downgraded in the 2024 report, and this can

be attributed partly to our gas sector on the brink

of a shortfall and the electricity sector grappling

with rising peak demand and blackout risks.

To enhance security, New Zealand must

diversify energy sources beyond fossil fuels

and invest in resilience. Transparency on

our climate target costs is also crucial.

Tina Schirr

Energy Council Executive Director, BusinessNZ


As a business, we retain a duty of care to ensure

our customers have reliable access to electricity

when they need it. We also have a responsibility

to deliver affordable electricity, and to protect the

most vulnerable as we decarbonise electricity

generation.

At Contact, we continue to work hard with our

customers and industry, to shift energy use off

peak, building the flexibility, resilient energy


system essential for New Zealand’s transition

to an electrified economy.

Regulatory Environment

Resource management reform

The New Zealand Government has embarked on a

reform programme of the Resource Management

system. The Fast-Track Approvals Act 2025 was

recently passed, and a number of changes are

being made to other legislative and regulatory

tools. Contact is broadly supportive of these

changes, noting a more supportive consenting

environment will be necessary to maintain energy




security and support economic growth. This does

not change our commitment to being a responsible

long-term partner and environmental steward in

the regions where we operate, including continuing

to engage in good faith with local communities,

mana whenua and other key stakeholders.

Fuel security

New Zealand’s gas reserves are declining at a faster

rate than expected, placing stress on the electricity

industry and leading to a spike in electricity prices

in winter 2024.

1

In response Contact has acted to secure long-term

gas supply f rom OMV and Greymouth. This secures

supply for Contact’s gas generation assets and allows

Contact to support New Zealand businesses and

critical gas consumers as they transition f rom gas


to renewable electricity.

Contact is also working constructively with

government on the wider market implication


of changing gas reserves.

Electricity market reviews

Following the fuel shortages in winter 2024 and the

associated spike in prices, the Government initiated

two reviews – the Electricity Competition Taskforce,

led by the Electricity Authority and Commerce

Commission, and an independent review of the

Energy Market led by Frontier Economics.

To date this work has been focussing on improving

transparency in hedge markets and ensuring that

residential energy plans offer sufficient incentives

to shift load. Contact supports proposals that

improve confidence in the market.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Contact26 – Building a better Aotearoa New ZealandCapitals
Nature

Grow demand for renewable electricity

Relationships

Decarbonise our portfolio

People

Grow renewable development

Assets

Enable our strategy through strong ESG practices,

transformative ways of working, and operational

excellence

Finance

Create outstanding customer experiences

Creating value

We’re putting our energy where it matters most;

to create a better Aotearoa New Zealand.

Nature

Using, caring for, and

managing natural resources

and environmental assets are

fundamental parts of Contact’s

business. This includes water,

biodiversity, geothermal

steam/fluid, gas, air quality,

land, carbon, pest control,

and ecosystem impacts.

People

The expertise, competence,

and passion of everyone f rom

our Board and Leadership

Team through to those in our

offices and sites underpin our

operations. Our approach is

embodied in our Tikanga.

This includes how we work

together, manage risks, look

for improvements, and treat

each other with respect.

Relationships

Our social licence to operate

relies on myriad relationships

within and between our

communities, stakeholders,

and networks. It relies on

building goodwill and earning

trust with all our stakeholders

including tangata whenua,

customers, communities,

investors, regulators, media,

suppliers, and our own people.

Finance

We have a pool of funds that

we deploy to produce and

deliver energy, serve our

customers, and undertake all

our other activities. This has

been generated through our

business activities, investors and

debt arrangements, and relies

on us delivering on our strategy.

Assets

We use many physical and

intellectual assets to deliver

reliable, affordable, and

environmentally sustainable

electricity. These include power

stations, offices, vehicles,

transmission/distribution

connectivity, our reputation,

website and application

software, IT systems, customer

databases, brands, licences,

and internal ‘know-how’.

At Contact, we create value by:

+

Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets

+ Factoring in external environmental influences

+ Running our business activities in a way that is true to our Tikanga (principles),

vision and strategy, and overseen by good governance

+ Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy.

We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease, or change during our business activity.

S

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

A

c

c

e

s

s

i

b

i

l

i

t

y

R

e

l

i

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

S

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

N

g

ā


T

i

k

a

n

g

a


G

o

v

e

r

n

a

n

c

e

S

t

a

k

e

h

o

l

d

e

r

s

E

n

v

i

r

o

n

m

e

n

t

67

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

68
Identifying what matters most

We use the GRI standards and the Integrated

Reporting Framework to report on material ESG

activities and provide a balanced view of our

performance. Contact also publishes a Climate

Statement under the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standards.

In 2022 we followed the GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

process and worked with independent consultants

Proxima to determine high and medium impacts,

and reported these in our 2022 Integrated Report

(pages 18 to 22).

In 2023, Proxima helped us to review and adjust

our material topics (see page 65 of our


2023 Integrated Report for more detail). Following

an internal check-in with subject matter experts to

confirm any significant shifts, we have determined

the material topics remain relevant for 2025. Best

practice is to conduct a full assessment every


2–3 years, and as such, the next full assessment

is planned for early 2026.

What we heard

Key themes f rom internal and external

conversations in 2024 continue to shape our

strategy and engagement. These include:

+ Contact can take a leadership role to help

address energy hardship.

+ Trust is growing in Contact’s ability to lead and

innovate, and stakeholders are hungry for more.

+ Contact’s community presence can be better

aligned with community expectations.

+ Risks f rom climate change impacts on energy

supply should be top-of-mind.

+ Expectations are growing for Contact to act

on broader biodiversity impacts.

Contact's Board and leadership team has reviewed

this work and approved the continuation of the

2024 material topics outlined below.

Material topics 2025

Generation emissions and renewable energy supply

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility, and electrification

Freshwater systems health

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

Community wellbeing

Energy wellbeing and equity

Reliable energy supply

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

Safe and resilient inf rastructure

A thriving workforce

Customer wellbeing and trust

Sustainable procurement

Material topics

This report covers high and medium impact,

or material topics, which means we have used

the feedback f rom our external and internal

stakeholders to consider:

+How harmful or beneficial the impact is for

the stakeholders affected.

+How widespread the impact is – how many

places or people are affected.

+How long the effects last and how easily

they can be remediated.

+How likely and severe are potential impacts.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our operations
1,249

employees

FY24 1,273

54k

shareholders

FY24 56k

+

28

Customer Net Promoter

Score (Contact only)


FY24 +37

39c

per share dividend

FY24 37c

88%

renewable generation

FY24 81%

$106m

tax paid

FY24 $97m

$1.3m

spent in communities

(Contact only)

FY24 $1.4m

98.4%

gender pay equity

FY24 98%

0

tier 1 process

safety incidents

(Contact only)

FY24 0

9TWh

contracted electricity

sales (GXP vol)


FY24 9TWh

$2.8b

net assets

FY24 $2.6b

740k

tCO

2

e Scope 1

Group emissions

FY24 947k

69

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

70
* Our capacity numbers are net capacity. **Based on EMI data for generation by the market.

Te Mihi (155 MW)

Wairākei (124 MW)

Poihipi (53 MW)

Ohaaki (41 MW)

Te Huka (27 MW)

Te Huka 3 (51 MW)

Tauhara (174 MW)

1,287

986

300

277

210

229

1,255

Geothermal

4,544

(GWh)

3,297

(GWh)

Hydroelectric

Roxburgh (320 MW)

Clyde (464 MW)

1,852

1,445

1,088

(GWh)

Stratford – Peakers (202 MW)

Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)

Whirinaki (158 MW)

692

18

378

Thermal

Contact delivers

22 percent of

the country’s

electricity

generation

**

88 percent

total renewable

generation

22%

88%

2025 generation output by station and type*

8.9TWh total generated

This graph shows the relative size of generation output from each station during the FY25 year.

Total renewable generation 7,841GWh

Total non-renewable generation 1,088GWh

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our connections
Connections

by product type**

Volume sold

to customers*

Connections

by account type

599k

575k

43k46k

73k73k

124k

109k

4k***5k

2.4

449k444k

Electricity

Electricity TWh

Residential

Natural gas

Natural gas PJ

BusinessOther

Telco

646k

total customer connections

at 30 June 2025

625k at 30 June 2024

2025

2024

2.1

5.35.3

Dunedin

Kōwhai Park

(under construction)

Roxburgh

Clyde

Lake Hawea

Wellington

Levin

Stratford

Auckland

Glenbrook-Ohurua

(under construction)

Whirinaki

Tauhara

Te Huka

Ohaaki

Te Mihi

Te Mihi Stage 2

(under construction)

Simply Energy

Simply Energy

Western Energy

Taupō

Wairākei

Poihipi

Our sites

* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial industrial customers

** These connection figures include Simply Energy connections

*** These connection figures relate to Simply Energy connections

Storage lake

Legend

Battery storage

Offices and call centres

Geothermal power stationHydroelectric power station

Thermal power station

Solar

71

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

72
1. We generate

We own and operate 12 power

stations and produce the majority

of our electricity from our

renewable hydro and geothermal

stations. Our natural gas and

diesel-fired power stations

operate to ensure the lights stay

on for New Zealanders when

intermittent renewable plants

cannot operate.

2. We trade

We sell the electricity we generate on

the wholesale market. We purchase

goods and services from more than

1,700 suppliers. We also trade

a range of financial products to

manage our risk and create value.

3. We innovate

We create smart solutions that

are good for people (tiaki tangata)

and the environment (tiaki taiao)

to help customers, partners,

suppliers and communities have

a better quality of life. We are

an innovative, safe and efficient

generator, actively working with

our customers, partners and

suppliers to improve energy

efficiency, reduce emissions

and fight climate change.

4. We sell and serve

As a retailer we sell products

and services to individuals and

businesses to meet their energy

and broadband needs. We have

around 646,000 connections.

Our supply chain

Our

impacts

Generation

Lines

companies

Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service

Generation emissions and

renewable energy supply

Protecting and restoring

biodiversity and other natural

treasures

Freshwater systems health

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Customer wellbeing and trustA thriving workforce

Customer wellbeing and trust

Sustainable procurement

Meaningful relationships with

tangata whenua

Generation emissions and

renewable energy supply

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Community wellbeing

Energy wellbeing and equity

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Freshwater systems health

Protecting and restoring

biodiversity and other natural

treasures

Community wellbeing

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Energy wellbeing and equity

Reliable energy supply

HIGH

MEDIUM

National

Grid

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Governance matters
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

73

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

74
Governance matters

Good corporate governance protects

the interests of all stakeholders and

enhances short-term and long-term

value.

We regularly review our corporate governance

systems and always look for opportunities to improve.

We comply with the recommendations of the NZX

Corporate Governance Code in all material respects.

You can see our full reporting in our Corporate

Governance Statement on our website.

Our board

The Board's role and responsibilities

The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,

direction and performance.

Specific responsibilities include:

+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic direction

+ Approving major investments

+ Monitoring financial performance

+ Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and

senior management performance

+ Identifying and controlling significant risks

+ Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk

are in place along with approving Contact’s risk

capacity and tolerance

+ Reviewing and approving compliance systems

+ Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,

sustainable development, the community and

environment, and the health and safety of


our people.

Board composition

As at 30 June 2025, Contact’s Board comprised

seven directors, with a wide variety of skills,

experience and points of view. More information

on the Contact Board, including appointment

dates and committee memberships, and short

biographies setting out skills and experience


of each director is available on our website.

As at 30 June 2025, the Board considers all of

the current directors, including the Chair, to be

independent in that they are not executives of the


company and do not have a direct or indirect interest,

position, association or relationship that could

reasonably influence in a material way, their decisions

in relation to Contact. In making this assessment,


the Board has considered the NZX Listing Rules and

the factors in the NZX Corporate Governance Code

that may affect director independence. A further

Board member, Deion Campbell, was appointed


as a non-independent director in July 2025.

The Board determined Deion is a non-independent

director due to his association with Inf ratil,


a substantial product holder of Contact.

To assist with succession planning and ensure the

appropriate skills and experience are represented,

the Board has developed a director skills matrix.

The matrix shows the areas in which the Board

considers director capability is required to enable

Contact’s success, and the expertise held by

directors.

The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the

current skills held by the Board. It’s not expected

that every director will be an expert in every area,

but all skills in the matrix should be represented

on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good

spread of expertise and secondary skills among

current directors.

Board performance

We recognise the value of professional

development and the need for directors to remain

current in industry and corporate governance

matters. Contact assists directors with their

professional development in a number of ways,

including an induction programme for new

directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new

developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues,

and Board study tours.

In 2025, the directors undertook study tours to learn

about renewable energy and transitioning planning,

AI, the use of solar and geothermal technology, and

how other countries plan to achieve their net zero

goals. The Board also explored the management of

distributed energy resources. These investigations

helped to inform the Board’s thinking about the risks

and opportunities for Contact.

We regularly review the performance of the Board to

ensure the Board as a whole, and individual directors,

perform to a high standard. Comprehensive reviews

are carried out approximately every two years and

the last independent external review undertaken by

BoardOutlook and Propero was conducted in 2024.

Board committees

The Board has three core committees to perform

work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.

Our Board works to the principle that committees

should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while

still retaining Board responsibility.

The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board

fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s

external financial reporting, internal control

environment, business assurance and external

audit functions, and risk management.

The Health, Safety and Environment Committee

supports the Board in relation to health, safety and

wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW

performance and provides governance oversight


of environmental sustainability matters.

74

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Skills and experience categoryCapability
Strategy and Risk settings

Strategic oversight

Major projects oversight

Innovation and disruption oversight

Sustainability and environmental oversight

Mergers, acquisitions, and divestments oversight

Technology, digital, and data oversight

Risk management oversight

Stakeholders and People Leadership

Iwi and community relationships

Safety oversight

Energy Industry

Energy generation and markets

Energy/mass market consumers

Governance and Risk Management

CEO or (large scale) CxO experience

Financing/funding oversight

Corporate governance experience

Accounting and financial reporting oversight

Government and regulatory engagement oversight

Director skills matrix

Secondary

Primary

The People Committee advises and supports

the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across

all aspects of Contact’s people and capability

strategies, risks, policies and practices including

remuneration.

From time-to-time, the Board may create ad-hoc


committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.

During FY25, a committee comprising of four

directors oversaw the project leading to the

acquisition of Manawa via a scheme of arrangement

and the associated offer of Contact shares to

Manawa shareholders.

Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.

Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.

This reflects the importance all directors place on

ensuring the Board is performing well and has the

necessary skills.

The members of the committees as at 30 June:

CommitteeMembers

Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)

David Gibson

David Smol

Health, Safety and

Environment

Elena Trout (Chair)

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

David Smol

PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)

Robert McDonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Ad hoc Committee

(to oversee the acquisition

of Manawa)

Robert McDonald (Chair)

Sandra Dodds

David Gibson

Jon Macdonald

A table showing attendance of directors at Board

and Committee meetings held during the year is

set out in our Corporate Governance Statement.

75

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

75

76
Code of Conduct and policies

We expect all of our people to act honestly,

with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and

in accordance with the law, all the time. This

expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined

in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our

corporate policy f ramework. Our corporate policies

address key risks and set expected standards

of behaviour for our people. Information about

how our key policies operate is in our Corporate

Governance Statement and the policies themselves

are on our website. Each of our corporate policies

give reference to international standards or

commitments where applicable. The Code of

Conduct was ref reshed and strengthened in


FY24 to enshrine our Tikanga, incorporate our

core policies and set out key behavioural principles

and requirements.

Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone who

works at Contact and its subsidiaries and sets the

expectation that our supply chain partners will have

similar policies in place, and/or meet comparable

standards.

Our compliance training f ramework governs

the way we allocate training on core policy areas

across the business. A range of management-level

committees has responsibility for specific policy

areas: for example, the Privacy Committee and the

Procurement Steering Group.

We offer online training as well as tailored in-person

training to different business areas. Our online


Code of Conduct training module includes training

on human rights issues, wellbeing, health and

safety, bullying and harassment, and inclusion.


We developed an additional training module on

Health and Safety. Those modules, together with

Privacy Law and Security Awareness are mandatory

for all Contact people.

Our Whistleblowing Policy offers protections for

employees who disclose serious wrongdoing in

accordance with the process in the policy. Our

online whistleblower portal helps to ensure we’re

aware of any breaches of the Code of Conduct or


our policies, or any other illegal or unethical activity.

The portal is easily accessible and user f riendly –

anyone at Contact who is concerned about any

incident or behaviour can use the whistleblower

portal to report that matter, anonymously if they

choose. The Policy provides that any whistleblower

disclosures are reported to the General Counsel and

CEO and, where appropriate, to the Chair of the

Board to investigate and take appropriate action.

Our Modern Slavery Statement sets out the steps

we have taken to identify, manage and mitigate the

specific risks of modern slavery in our operations

and supply chain. We did significant work during

FY25 to implement our new supplier onboarding

and management process , update our standard

contract templates to include modern slavery

obligations , conduct ‘deep dives’ into selected areas

of our supply chain , deliver modern slavery training

to employees and raise awareness of Contact’s

whistleblowing mechanism. We continued to use

the Modern Slavery Working Group to cement our

approach across the business.

Risk management and assurance

Risk management

Our enterprise risk management f ramework ensures

we have appropriate systems in place to identify,

assess, treat, monitor, and report on material risks.

We assign responsibility to individuals to own and

manage identified risks and we monitor any material

change to Contact’s risk profile. Risk is managed

throughout the organisation in accordance with the

Board’s risk appetite statements.

Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework

is supported by a range of systems and tools that

help assess and report all risk types including

environmental, social, climate and governance


risks across the organisation.

The Contact26 strategy has a strong focus on


ESG commitments to create long-term value.

A wide range of risks and environmental factors

is considered by the Board during the strategy

setting process including analysis into how actions

to limit the impacts of climate change could affect

delivery of our strategy.

Our corporate governance model is vertically

integrated to ensure an appropriate level of


support and oversight of our key risks.

+The full Board considers a wide range of risks

(including economic, environment, social,

climate, and governance risks) when reviewing

the business strategy alongside a market

update. Reporting to the Board ensures their

understanding of the key risks and issues


(such as climate change) and contribute to

their decision-making.

+ Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and

Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are

actively monitored by the Leadership Team.

+ The Board Audit and Risk Committee has formal

oversight of climate related issues.

+ Risks rated high and above are regularly

monitored for active management by the

Leadership Team.

Risk

Appetite

Strategic

Direction

Board

Approving

strategic direction,

monitoring of

performance

Governance

structures, policies

and objectives,

identification of

significant risk

Monitor the environment, respond to

stakeholder material issues, anticipate

long-term threats and opportunity

76

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

+ There is regular engagement with stakeholders
(including local communities and tangata

whenua as we aim to maintain our positive

relationships) to assess and communicate the

impacts of the changing environment.

+ People at all levels of the organisation (including

contractors) are encouraged to identify and

manage potential risks to Contact on a regular

basis throughout the year.

Critical concerns would be presented at Board

meetings through written papers and oral

presentations. There were no critical concerns

communicated to the Board during the FY25

reporting period.

There has been no material instance of non-

compliance with laws and regulations. See Creating

outstanding customer experiences for more.

The integrated nature of our operations means

that risks and opportunities, including those

relating to climate, are regularly assessed.

Mitigation plans for material risks are implemented

to proactively manage the impact to Contact.

Assurance

Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal

audit function and provides objective assurance of

the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.

The team is based in-house and draws on external

expertise where required.

The team brings a disciplined approach to

evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk

management, internal controls, and governance

processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach

driven by our risk management f ramework.

The team also assists external audits by making

findings f rom the internal assurance process

available for the external auditor to consider

when providing their opinion on the financial

statements. The team has unrestricted access to

all departments, records and systems of Contact,

and to the Board Audit and Risk Committee,

external auditor and other third parties as it deems

necessary.

Auditors

We recognise the role of our external auditor

is critical for the integrity of our financial and

sustainability reporting. EY commenced its

appointment as the Group’s external auditor on

1 July 2022. The Board Audit and Risk Committee

ensures that the audit partner is changed at least

every five years, and the lead audit partner was

changed during FY25.

Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out

the f ramework we use to ensure the independence

of our external auditors is maintained and their

ability to carry out their statutory audit role is

not impaired. Under this policy, the external

auditor may not do any work for Contact that

compromises, or is seen to compromise, the

independence and objectivity of the external audit

process. In addition, the external auditor confirms

its continuing independent status to the Board

every six months.

The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

approved EY to perform assurance engagements

over our green borrowing programme, greenhouse

gas emissions, Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)

indicators, sustainability-linked loan, and an audit


of our subsidiary financial statements.

In addition EY was approved to perform the

following non-assurance activities: remuneration

benchmarking and survey services, due diligence

services in relation to the Manawa Energy

acquisition, and due diligence procedures


in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual.

Representatives f rom the external auditor attend

Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where

they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions

relating to the audit.

Board and Board Committees are provided with

ESG analysis and reporting

Management and staff across the business regularly

assess, review, analyse, monitor, and report on all

risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated

governance structures to ensure Contact takes a

proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts

The Leadership Team review all management

materials and address mitigation plans for key risks

77

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

77

78
Remuneration report

Dear fellow shareholders,

I am pleased to present Contact’s

remuneration report for FY25 on behalf

of the Board’s People Committee.

FY25 financial results and remuneration

Contact has delivered a good financial result for

shareholders this year with profit of $331 million,

underlying EBITDAF of $774 million, and operating

f ree cash flow of $434 million. Operating costs


and capital expenditure have been managed

well, while contending with inflationary pressures.

We consider Contact’s executive remuneration to

be appropriate given the company’s performance.

We’ve continued with our high degree of

transparency, and full details of the corporate

scorecard and incentive payments are provided


on pages 81 to 84.

We believe that the structure and components

of Contact’s remuneration continue to serve the

company well, and therefore have not made any

changes to that structure over the past year, aside

f rom the addition of a long-term incentive for the

Manawa integration (covered in the next section of

this letter) and a small change to the CEO’s Long

Term Incentive (LTI) allocation.

We have increased the annual LTI grant for Mike

Fuge f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. We’ve

also instituted a requirement where 60% of all

Performance Share Rights that vest into shares

must be retained by Mike until the end of his tenure.

Manawa acquisition and integration

We know our people are key to our success

and it is through them that we will see the true

benefit of the integration with Manawa Energy,

whilst continuing to deliver on our other strategic

priorities. To help ensure that the leaders of the

business stay focused on realising the Manawa

integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have

put in place a bespoke long-term incentive.

The largest element of the incentive is based

on total shareholder return, as the most direct

alignment of outcomes between shareholders and

executives. The cost synergies achieved, along with

containment of the total cost of the integration,

make up the other elements of the incentive.

Further details are provided on page 87.

Gender pay equity

We’ve provided comprehensive information

on Contact's gender pay gap and pay equity

in Gender pay reporting. This continues to

be important for us, and we appreciate that

whilst progress is slow in closing our pay gap,

we are committed to working both internally

through establishing governance and pipeline

opportunities, as well as externally as a wider

industry, on how we can continue to close the


gap across the energy sector.

Leadership changes

After many years of excellent service, we saw the

departure of Jacqui Nelson and Jack Ariel this

year due to retirement. Our CFO Dorian Devers

moved across to become Chief Renewable Growth

Officer in December 2024, and it was great to see

Matthew Forbes promoted into the role of Chief

Financial Officer. Additionally, we have bought our

Digital and ICT functions together into a combined

Technology team, appointing Tighe Wall to the

Chief Technology Officer, and farewelling Iain

Gauld, our Chief Information Officer after many

years of dedicated service. Finally, we’ve welcomed

Carolyn Luey to Contact early in the new financial

year as Chief Retail Officer.

The changing nature of work

Looking ahead, we’re alive to the opportunities and

risks that the changing world, and in particular

technology and AI, presents to us. We are curious

and active in our investigations around AI, and

ensuring that we equip our people with the right

tools and capabilities to ensure that Contact

continues to thrive.





Jon Macdonald

Chair, People Committee

78

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

DirectorsBoard fees
Health,

Safety and

Environment

Committee

Audit and Risk

Committee

People

Committee

Overseas

travelling

allowance

Total

Remuneration

Robert McDonald320,000––––320,000

Elena Trout152,500 28,500–––181,000

David Smol152,500 14,50025,500––192,500

Jon Macdonald152,500 ––28,500–181,000

Rukumoana Schaafhausen152,50014,500–14,500–181,500

Sandra Dodds152,500 –50,000–16,500219,000

David Gibson152,500 –25,500––178,000

Total1,235,00057,500101,000 43,000 16,5001,453,000

Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY25 are as follows:

Directors’ remuneration

The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per year.

It has not been increased since it was approved

by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to

directors are determined by the Board on the

recommendation of the People Committee.

Between FY24 and FY25, fees for the Board and

Committee fees increased by around 3.1 percent.

Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate. In

addition, Board members are reimbursed for costs

directly associated with carrying out their duties,

such as travel costs. Contact employees appointed

as directors of Contact subsidiaries do not receive

any director fees.

FY25

Chair

per annum

Member

per annum

Board of Directors$320,000*$152,500

Audit and Risk

Committee

$50,000$25,500

People Committee$28,500$14,500

Health, Safety and

Environment Committee

$28,500$14,500

Overseas director

travelling allowance

$16,500

* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.

79

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

79

80
Contact employee remuneration

We’re committed to paying appropriate market

rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are

rewarded for their performance and experience.

There are three parts to employee remuneration –


fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance

remuneration, and other benefits. These combine

to attract, reward and retain high-performing

employees.

Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is based on the role

responsibilities, individual performance and

experience, and current market remuneration data.

Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median

of the market range.

Pay-for-performance remuneration

Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises and

rewards high-performing senior employees and

comprises short-term incentives (cash and deferred

share rights) and long-term incentives (performance

share rights).

Short-term incentives (STI)

STIs are designed to recognise and reward high

performance with cash incentives and deferred

share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for

our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have

a maximum potential level set reflecting the

person’s role grade, and are based on performance

measured against key performance indicators

(KPIs), which generally consist of company and

individual objectives. The Board reserves the right


to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.

Long-term incentives (LTI)

Contact provides awards of performance share

rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our

senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims

to encourage and reward longer-term decision-

making and align participants’ interests with

Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to

performance hurdles.

Equity scheme

At 30 June 2025 there were 97 participants in

Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the

equity scheme and the number of performance

share rights and deferred share rights granted,

exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the

reporting period, see note E8 of the financial

statements.

We have amended the plan rules for equity

grants f rom October 2024, to allow for proration

of allocations and Board discretion in change of

control situations.

Other benefits

We know that rewards mean more than just money,

so we offer our people a range of other benefits

too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’, our policy

to support primary and secondary caregivers,

and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax payment

for setting up a home office or putting towards

wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver benefits. Some

of our other benefits include: payments towards

home energy and broadband; employer-subsidised

health insurance; and an employee share ownership

plan called ‘Contact Share’ (See note E8 in financial

statements for more detail).

Chief Executive Officer and

Executive Team remuneration

The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is

reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works

closely with and is advised by Contact’s People

Committee. We also consider market remuneration

data benchmarks, look at the achievement of

performance goals and factor in creating long-term

sustainable shareholder value.

The People Committee refers to external and

independent remuneration market information

provided by EY and PWC in order to gauge actual

and forecast movements within the market, and to

assess the levels of fixed and total remuneration


to pay its Chief Executive and Leadership Team.

Contact also seeks market remuneration information

80

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY25 was structured as follows:
Scheme Description Performance measures Potential

Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme

based on achievement of KPIs. 

70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):

• 40% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)

• 20% safety targets

• 40% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets

30% based on individual KPIs.

Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and

goals specific to each individual.

The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2025

including leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic

initiatives, leadership of the executive team and stakeholder

engagement.

Executive Team maximum potential 35% of

base salary.

CEO maximum potential 50% of base salary.

Equity STI (awarded as

deferred share rights) 

Equity STI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the time-bound

exercise hurdle being achieved. 

The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI

awarded by the Board. 

The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed

by Contact two years f rom the grant date. 

Executive Team maximum potential 30% of

base salary.

CEO maximum potential 30% of base salary. 

Equity LTI (awarded as

performance share rights) 

Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the exercise

hurdle being achieved. 

The exercise hurdles to receive these are:

• 50% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking

within an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand

NZX50 listed utilities companies, assessed by external

consultants.

• 50% based on the achievement of Contact's strategic priorities.

For FY25 this included renewable generation development,

stimulation of electricity demand flexibility and

a reduction in Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions.

Tested once, at year 3. See page 84 for more details on LTI hurdles,

that links to our new disclosure.

Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.

CEO set at 40% of base salary.**

* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the

financial statements.

** The annual LTI grant has been increased f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. A new requirement has been instituted where 60% of all Performance Share Rights that vest into shares must be retained until the end

of the CEO's tenure.

f rom independent external sources to guide

processes for determining the remuneration of all

other employees.

The total remuneration is made up of a fixed

remuneration component, which includes cash

salary and other employment benefits, and pay

for performance remuneration containing short

term incentives (cash and equity awarded through

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(equity awarded through performance share rights).

81

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

81

82
FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%. FY24 Corporate Scorecard result was 68.8%.

* Great is deemed as achieving FY25 budget which already includes stretch.  

** Totex and EBITDAF performance excludes Manawa transaction and integration costs incurred in FY25.

1 Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for the year end fair value adjustment of the AGS Provision.  

2 Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex.

FY25 Corporate Scorecard results

The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY25. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the

STI for the CEO and leadership team, and illustrates that a large proportion of their remuneration is directly impacted by their management of the organisation,

and its impact on the economy, environment and people.

KPI

Weighted

Target Good (50%)Great* (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result

Actual

Weighted

Result

Financial40.0%38.8%

EBITDAF

1

25.0%740770785792**25.0%

Totex

2

15.0%(406)(391)(384)(386)**13.8%

Safety & Wellbeing20.0%18.4%

Transforming H&S Culture

4.0%

>70% invited participants

complete Safety Citizenship

Programme

>80% invited participants

complete Safety Citizenship

Programme

>90% invited participants

complete Safety Citizenship

Programme

76% attendance

3.3%

>50 Leadership Walkarounds>75 Leadership Walkarounds>100 Leadership Walkarounds104 Walkarounds

Operational Excellence4.0%>800 Raised Observations>1,200 Raised Observations>1,600 Raised Observations1,6654.0%

Critical Risk Control Management

(CRC)

4.0%Events with CRC absences,

failures and near misses are

identified

Events with CRC absences,

failures and near misses are

identified and plans for all to

be investigated are in place

Failed or Absent CRCs are

identified, investigated and a

plan in place for strengthening

Outstanding4.0%

TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%<5<3</=13.1%

Environmental Incidents4.0%

• No tier 1 incidents;

• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and

• 10 or fewer Tier 3 incidents

• No tier 1 or 2 incidents; and

• 8 or fewer Tier 3 incidents

• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and

• 5 or fewer Tier 3 incidents

Outstanding

(4 Tier 3 Incidents

to date)

4.0%

Strategic/Performance40.0%34%

Execution Pipeline

(Includes Te Huka 3 & Battery) 

10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Te Huka 3 and Battery projectsGreat/Outstanding8.5%

Development Pipeline

(includes Wairākei redevelopment,

Te Mihi 2A plan) 

10.0%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY25 Development pipelineGreat7.5%

Operational Uptime10.0%>95>96>9796.28.0%

Multi Product Customers10.0%146,000148,000149,000149,54210.0%

Total100.0%91.2%

82

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY24 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetricResult 

Percentage

Achieved

FY24Allocated October 2021

Tested October 2024

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average

price of $8.23 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact Energy

Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury NZ Limited,

Trustpower Limited (Manawa Energy), Vector Limited)

100%50%

Internal Hurdles – 50% weighting

Demand Growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts e.g. coal and

gas fired boiler replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat

substitution, but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

460 GWh16.66%

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation0.5TWh16.66%

Tauhara delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the

net present value of the project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax

rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t controllable, but all other items are

updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the amount of

capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.

Yes/No0.0%

Trustpower was included in the peer group on grant, however was replaced with Manawa Energy prior test date

* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies


in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest. 

– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and test date. 

– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.

If Contact's TSR ranking on test date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights will vest.

83

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

83

84
Long-term Incentive scorecards

DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric

FY27Allocated October 2024

Tested October 2027

Performance Share Rights with

one test date at the third year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.44 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement, data

centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but excludes

any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

1.6 TWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base2.0 TWh

Maximum total Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions380 ktCO

2

e

FY26Allocated October 2023

Tested October 2026

Performance Share Rights with

one test date at the third year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.24 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement, data

centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but excludes

any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

1.4 TWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base1.6 TWh

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets100 ktCO

2

e

FY25Allocated October 2022

Tested October 2025

Performance Share Rights with

one test date at the third year

Volume weighted average price

of $7.66 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

100MW Demand Flex contracted with customers (which enables them to automatically reduce consumption when

electricity demand is high)

Yes/No

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base1.0 TWh

Te Huka delivered at or near the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the project.

The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t

controllable items but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the

amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project

Yes/No

* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies in the TSR peer group

is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest. 

– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and test date. 

– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.

If Contact's TSR ranking on test date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights will vest.

84

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time

as CEO during the year.

CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2025

Position



$

Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration

Total

remuneration

Salary

paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal

FY251,289,42362,793

1

1,352,216590,460

2

354,900

3

520,000

4

1,465,3602,817,576


Three-year CEO remuneration summary

Financial

year

Total

remuneration

paid

5

Percentage

Cash STI

awarded

against

maximum

Percentage

vested Equity

STI against

maximum

Span of

Equity STI

performance

period

Percentage vested

Equity LTI against

maximum

Span of Equity

LTI performance

period

FY25$2,817,57691%57%2022–202483.32%1 July 2021 –

30 June 2024

FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –

30 June 2023

FY23$2,127,21449%50%2020–20220%N/A

-10%

-20%

30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202530 June 202130 June 2022

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

Five-year summary TSR

6

performance graph

CompanyNZX50Peer group

7

$0

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

$2,500,000

$3,000,000

Fixed

remuneration

Scenario chart

The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements

of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design for FY25.

Maximum

potential

remuneration

On-plan

remuneration

Base salary & benefits

Cash STI

Equity LTI

Equity STI

1 Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on

remuneration amounts including cash STI, Contact Share and

health insurance.

2 Cash STI for FY25 period 91% of maximum potential, calculated on

base salary, paid in FY26 (September 2025).

3 Equity STI, 91% of maximum potential, based on fair value allocation.

To be granted October 2025 and tested October 2027.

4 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October

2025 and tested October 2028.

5 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI, and

value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).

6 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for the


3 months prior to year end.

7 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,

Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.

Manawa Energy has been excluded f rom the peer group for FY25

due to its acquisition by Contact Energy, which materially alters its

comparability within the group.

85

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

85

86
Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance

DescriptionPerformance measures

Percentage

achieved

Cash STI

• Maximum potential 50% of base salary

• Discretionary cash STI scheme

• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on page 82)

• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:

– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand

agreements, and customer sentiment

– Contact’s health and safety transformation

– culture and teamwork within Contact

– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders

91.2%

90.0%

Equity STI

• Maximum potential 30% of base salary

• Awarded as deferred share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2025

The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board91.0%

Equity LTI

• 40% of base salary

• Awarded as performance share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2025

• 50% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group

• 50% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 84)

CEO’s long-term performance incentives

LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year

Number of share rights

issued on grant

Value of share rights

on grant date

1

Number of share rights

vested

2

Value of shares

transferred

3

FY271 July 2024 – 30 June 2027202487,732$437,500To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,505To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,51062,109$525,442

FY231 July 2020 – 30 June 2023202035,756$140,87935,756$285,333

1

Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.

2

Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 84 for the performance hurdles.

3

Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.

86

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY26 CEO remuneration structure
The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY26.

Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential

$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal

Maximum Potential

Total Remuneration

FY26 1,400,00086,4471,486,447 700,000 420,000560,0001,680,0003,166,447

Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, health insurance and Contact Share.

The annual LTI grant has been increased f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. A new requirement has been instituted where 60% of all Performance Share Rights that

vest into shares must be retained until the end of the CEO's tenure.

Manawa integration incentive

To help ensure that the leaders of the business stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have prepared a bespoke

long-term incentive to reward eligible participants for the successful delivery of the integration activities. The LTI will be issued to recipients in October 2025.

SchemeDescriptionPerformance MeasuresPotential

Integration Equity LTI (awarded as

performance share rights)

Integration Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise price

subject to the exercise hurdle being achieved.

The exercise hurdles to receive these are:

• 60% Contact’s relative total shareholder

return (TSR) ranking within an energy

industry peer group of other New Zealand

NZX50 listed utilities companies. Tested

once, at year 3.

• 40% based on the achievement of

integration activities, and the successful

integration of the two entities. Tested

once, at year 2.

Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.

CEO set at 30% of base salary.

Workstream Leads set at 20% of base salary.

Integration Director set at 30% of base salary.

87

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

87

88
FY26 corporate scorecard

The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY26. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO

and leadership team.

KPI

Weighted

Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)

Financial50.0%

EBITDAF

1

30.0%$m896943971

Totex

2

20.0%$m(582)(571)(560)

Safety & Wellbeing20.0%

Safety Citizenship Programme

(SENTIS)

5.0%≥ 60% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Programme

≥ 70% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Programme

≥ 80% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Programme

Leadership walkarounds

(includes all of Generation & Major

Projects Tiers 1–5)

5.0%8801,1001,320

TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%≤4≤2.5≤1

Environmental Incidents5.0%

• No Tier 1 incidents;

• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and

• Five or fewer Tier 3 incidents.

• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and

• Three or fewer Tier 3 incidents.

• No Tier 1, 2 or 3 incidents

Strategic/Performance30.0%

Execution Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY26 Execution pipeline

Development Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY26 Development pipeline

Operational Uptime

3

7.5%%>95>96>97

Multi Product Customers 7.5%#153,000155,000160,000

Total100.0%

1 Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS Provision fair value changes.  

2 Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex. 

EBITDAF performance includes Manawa transaction and integration costs. Totex excludes operating costs associated with the Manawa transaction and integration that are subject to timing. 

3 Includes scheduled outages.

88

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Group employees who earn
over $100k

The table shows the number of our people

(including any who have left) who received

remuneration and other benefits during FY25 of


at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2025.

The value of remuneration benefits analysed

includes:

+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime

payments

+employer superannuation contributions

+short-term cash incentives relating to FY24

performance but paid in FY25 (Contact)

+the value of equity-based incentives at fair value

allocation received during FY25 (Contact)

+the value of Contact Share received during FY25

(Contact)

+redundancy and other payments made on

termination of employment.

The figures do not include amounts paid after


30 June 2025 that relate to the year ended

30 June 2025.

Table of employees who earn over $100,000

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$100,001–$110,00054

$110,001–$120,00063

$120,001–$130,00039

$130,001–$140,00063

$140,001–$150,00067

$150,001–$160,00064

$160,001–$170,00067

$170,001–$180,00062

$180,001–$190,00055

$190,001–$200,00043

$200,001–$210,00041

$210,001–$220,00027

$220,001–$230,00021

$230,001–$240,00016

$240,001–$250,00014

$250,001–$260,0008

$260,001–$270,0005

$270,001–$280,0005

$280,001–$290,0002

$290,001–$300,0003

$300,001–$310,0002

$310,001–$320,0005

$320,001–$330,0002

$330,001–$340,0001

$340,001–$350,0005

$350,001–$360,0005

$360,001–$370,0002

$370,001–$380,0003

$380,001–$390,0002

Remuneration band

$390,001–$400,0002

$400,001–$410,0002

$410,001–$420,0003

$420,001–$430,0005

$430,001–$440,0001

$440,001–$450,0004

$450,001–$460,0003

$470,001–$480,0002

$480,001–$490,0001

$510,001–$520,0002

$520,001–$530,0001

$530,001–$540,0001

$540,001–$550,0001

$590,001–$600,0002

$610,001–$620,0001

$630,001–$640,0001

$730,001–$740,0001

$780,001–$790,0001

$850,001–$860,0002

$860,001–$870,0001

$900,001–$910,0002

$920,001–$930,0001

$1,300,001–$1,310,0001

$2,810,000–$2,820,0001

1

Grand Total788

1

Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in

FY26 (September 2025) whereas all other employees earnings


is based on Cash STI paid in FY25 (September 2024).

89

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

89

90
Gender pay reporting

Contact’s commitment

One of the principles of our Tikanga (our moral

compass) is to put our energy into things that

matter. Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and

expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus of

that. We are committed to building a workforce

that reflects, and is inclusive of, the diverse

communities of Aotearoa.

Understanding our pay reporting

Pay reporting is broadly defined as:

Gender parity – when men and women are equally

represented at all levels at Contact.

Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay of

women and the pay of men.

Pay gap calculation:

average male hourly rate –


average female hourly rate

average male hourly rate

Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on

addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal

pay for equal work) will typically not close the

overall gender gap especially if genders are

not equally represented at each level of the

organisation.

Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –

that is people undertaking the same work (roles

requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and

accountabilities) being paid the same regardless of

gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement in

New Zealand. We have processes and monitoring

in place to ensure our people are treated and paid

fairly, meeting both our legal and moral obligations.)

Pay equity calculation:

average female


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

average male


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

Contact’s pay reporting

We recognise and respect that gender is not binary.

For this reporting we have calculated our gender pay

equity and pay gap only as the difference between

those who identify as women and men (around 1.5

percent of our people identify as gender diverse).

Contact has made progress in closing our gender pay

gap with the average pay gap sitting at 30.3 percent

(was 31.1 percent) and the median gap sitting


at 42.4% (f rom 42.2 percent). There are two key

drivers of our gender pay gap. The first is a higher

proportion of women in our customer channels

and the second is a lower proportion of women in

highly skilled energy roles. Over the last 12 months,

we have increased the number of women in our

higher grades which has helped in closing our pay

gap. Continued focus on improving our gender

balance will lead to further reductions in the future.

Contact’s pay equity sits at 98.4% percent at the end

of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact

based on the skills, capability and experience

required for the role. We then use market data


to apply an appropriate remuneration range for

each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,

which cluster similar-sized roles together.

The bands contain different roles that may be filled

by people with a range of experience. This can

include people recently promoted into higher roles

or bands, and who sit at the lower end of the range.

Each year, as part of our annual salary review, we

review all our data to ensure that we are maintaining

our commitment to gender pay equity, and make

adjustments if required. We remain committed to

achieving more balance of gender across all levels


at Contact.

Additional Contact remuneration

disclosures

+ CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 25:1. The ratio

between the total annual compensation of the

CEO and the median employee compensation.

+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 1.23:1.

The ratio of the percentage increase in annual

total compensation for the CEO to the median

percentage increase.

+Contact does not implement any clawback

practices on employee remuneration other than

in situations permitted by Aotearoa New Zealand

legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).

+Contact does not have a share ownership

requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.

+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as

CEO is six months.

Career level

Workforce demographicPay gap (hourly rate)

Female

population

Male

populationMedianAveragePay equity

Executive0.1%0.7%14.9%23.5%N/A

Strategic Senior Management1.7%3.1%6.6%2.3%99.4%

Operational Management/National Specialist7.2%14.5%2.9%3.9%99.9%

Team Leader/Technical Specialist16.2%27.8%18.0%13.3%100.1%

Team Member21.8%7.0%1.5%0.4%101.0%

Overall47.0%53.0%42.4%30.3%98.4%

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

90

Statutory
disclosures

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

9191

92
Statutory disclosures

Disclosures of interests by directors

The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact

Energy Limited as at 30 June 2025 in accordance with section 140 of the

Companies Act 1993.

Robert McDonald

FleetPartners Group Limited Director 

University of Auckland Business School Advisory Board Member 

University of Auckland Council Member 

Vero New Zealand Insurance Limited and Vero Liability LimitedDirector

Sandra Dodds

Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited Director 

OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX) Director 

Snowy Hydro Limited (Australian Government owned entity) Director 

David Gibson 

Freightways Limited Director  

Goodman Property Services (NZ) Limited, Goodman Property

Aggregated Limited, GMT Bond Issuer Limited  

Director  

Rangatira Limited Director  

Jon Macdonald

Kiwibank Limited Director 

Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries Director  

Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries Director  

Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of

Trade Me Ltd)

Director  

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Tainui Group HoldingsBoard Member

Resource Management Act Reform Expert Advisory GroupMember

Alvarium Investments (NZ) Limited Director

Equippers Church Trust Trustee

KGS Limited Director

Kings Trust NZ Trustee

Kiwi Group Capital Limited Director

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic

Advisory Committee 

Member

Pathfinder Asset Management Limited Trustee 

Te Rau o te Korimako Director 

Te Waharoa Investments Limited Director 

Tindall Foundation Trustee

Watercare Services LimitedDirector

David Smol

Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee Chair 

Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet Audit and Risk

Committee

Member

Institute of Geological and Nuclear Sciences LimitedChair 

Tait Communications LimitedDirector

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic

Advisory Committee 

Member 

Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee Chair 

New Zealand Transport Agency Board Member  

The Co-operative Bank Limited Director 

Victoria University of Wellington Council Member 

Elena Trout

Ara Ake Limited Independent Director 

Callaghan Innovation Independent Director 

Citycare Limited Independent Director  

Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA) Chair

Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiaries Independent Director

Kaikohe Berryf ruit GP Limited  Independent Director 

Motiti Investments Limited Director 

Ngāpuhi Asset Holding Company Limited Independent Director 

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Opuha Water Limited Independent Director 
Spencer Henshaw Limited  Independent Director 

Te Rāhui Herenga Waka Whakatāne Limited Independent Director 

Waihanga Ara Rau (Construction and Inf rastructure)

Workforce Development Council  

Co-Chair 

WorkSafe’s Audit, Risk and Finance CommitteeIndependent Chair


Information used by directors 

No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her

capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director. 

Indemnity and insurance 

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution

of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors

and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or

costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law.

Directors’ security participation 

The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares

within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors

with the interests of shareholders. Securities of the company in which each

director has a relevant interest at 30 June 2025.

Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest

at 30 June 2025

DirectorOrdinary sharesBondsCapital Bond

Robert McDonald36,043100,000

Sandra Dodds20,997

David Gibson20,000

Jon Macdonald26,96013,000 20,000

Rukumoana Schaafhausen1,348

David Smol23,536

Elena Trout24,760


Securities dealings of directors

During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in

securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless

otherwise specified.

Director

Date of

transactionNature of transaction

Consideration

per share/

bond

Number

of shares/

bonds

Robert

McDonald

27 September

2024

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$8.24877

18 March

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$9.04564

Sandra Dodds 27 September

2024 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.24  554

18 March

2025 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$9.04 358

David Gibson7 September

2024

On-market acquisition

of ordinary shares

$7.9820,000

Jon

Macdonald 

27 September

2024

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.24656

18 March

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$9.04422

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen 

27 September

2024

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.24 32

18 March

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$9.0421

David Smol 27 September

2024

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

  $8.24 496

18 March

2025

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$9.04367

Elena Trout 27 September

2024

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP

$8.24603

18 March

2025 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$9.04387

93

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

94
Shareholder statistics

Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2025

Number of

ordinary shares

% of ordinary

shares

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited  119,065,97214.83

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 79,492,9809.9

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 53,438,242 6.66 

Custodial Services Limited  48,056,023 5.99

JPMORGAN Chase Bank  43,336,0885.4 

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd41,582,0105.18

TEA Custodians Limited  26,382,098 3.29

Accident Compensation Corporation  25,982,9443.24 

New Zealand Superannuation Fund

Nominees Limited 

25,337,629 3.16 

FNZ Custodians Limited  24,833,339 3.09 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  24,023,407 2.99 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited  19,681,467 2.45 

Premier Nominees Limited  15,994,921 1.99 

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited  13,609,2741.7

New Zealand Depository Nominee12,636,4911.57

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited10,195,9271.27

Public Trust  9,192,3931.15

Private Nominees Limited  6,681,2050.83 

PT Booster Investments Nominess Limited4,902,4790.61

Masfen Securities Limited  4,565,698 0.57

Total for top 20 608,990,58775.87 

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2025

Size of holding

Number of

shareholders

% of

shareholders

Number of

ordinary shares

% of

ordinary

shares

1–1,000  23,176 43.03 15,130,761 1.88

1,001–5,000 25,210 46.81  46,723,4845.82

5,001–10,000 3,0955.7521,940,7942.73 

10,001–50,000 2,1123.92   40,735,5115.07

50,001–100,000 167  0.31 11,592,865 1.44 

100,001 and over 990.18666,688,49983.04

Total 53,859100.00 802,811,91499.98 


Substantial product holders

According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,

the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as

at 30 June 2025:

Substantial product

holder

Number of ordinary shares in

which relevant interest is held

Date of notice

BlackRock Inc and related

bodies corporate

51,085,6624 March 2025

HSBC Nominees

(New Zealand) Limited

40,995,5874 March 2025

FirstCape Group Limited 49,142,094 30 April 2024 

Milford Asset Management

Limited 

47,603,648 26 January 2022 

The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2025 was

802,811,914 fully paid ordinary shares.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2025

Number of

CEN060 bonds

% of CEN060

bonds

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  69,289,00030.8

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited  31,926,000 14.19

Custodial Services Limited  28,924,00012.86

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited  14,480,0006.44

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited13,687,0006.08

FNZ Custodians Limited  11,123,0004.94

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  6,811,000 3.03

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,131,0002.72

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd2,591,0001.15

Investment Custodial Services Limited  2,591,0000.96

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 2,034,0000.9

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  1,651,0000.73

Francis Horton Tuck  1,640,0000.73

CML Shares Limited1,500,0000.67

Commonwealth Bank of Australia1,331,0000.59

Best Farm Limited1,000,0000.44

Fletcher Building Educational Fund900,0000.4

FNZ Custodians Limited  837,0000.37

NZX WT Nominees Limited

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited  700,0000.31

Total for top 20   199,501,00088.66 

Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000 658.54 325,000 0.14

5,001–10,000 213  27.992,082,000 0.93

10,001–50,000 37849.679,649,000 4.29

50,001–100,000 51 6.7 4,118,000 1.83 

100,001 and over 54 7.1 208,826,000 92.81 

Total 761100.00225,000,000100.00

Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2025

Number of

CEN070 bonds

% of CEN070

bonds

Custodial Services Limited  81,518,00032.61

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  34,610,00013.84

FNZ Custodians Limited  21,166,0008.47

JBWere (NZ)) Nominees Limited  18,336,0007.33

Investment Custodial Services Limited  10,065,0004.03

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 6,276,0002.51

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,760,0002.3

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,185,0002.07

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd  4,849,0001.94

JP Morgan Chase Bank 4,580,0001.83

NZX WT Nominees Limited 4,057,0001.62

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited   3,240,0001.3

Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited  2,880,000 1.15

ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund  2,050,0000.82

Dunedin City Council   1,900,0000.76 

FNZ Custodians Limited1,187,0000.47

Private Nominees Limited  1,161,000 0.46 

Fletcher Building Educational Fund1,100,000 0.44

FNZ Custodians Limited  1,080,000 0.43 

Custodial Services Limited  924,000 0.37 

Total for top 20   211,924,000 84.75

Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000718.34355,000 0.14 

5,001–10,000152 17.86 1,449,000 0.58

10,001–50,000480 56.4 12,300,000 

50,001–100,000738.585,659,000 2.26 

100,001 and over75 8.81230,217,000 92.09 

Total85199.99250,000,000100.00

95

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

96
Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2025

Number of

CEN080 bonds

% of CEN080

bonds

Custodial Services Limited  97,254,000 32.42

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  50,923,00016.97 

FNZ Custodians Limited  30,973,000 10.32 

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd  17,907,0005.97 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40  12,913,000 4.3 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited  8,800,0002.93

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited6,999,0002.33

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited  6,160,000 2.05 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,000,0001.67

Investment Custodial Services Limited4,431,0001.48

Premier Nominees Ltd   Armstrong Jones Secure

Income Fund 

4,300,000 1.43

ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund  3,600,000 1.2 

NZX Wt Nominees Limited3,084,0001.03

FNZ Custodians Limited 2,236,0000.75

Custodial Services Limited1,937,000 0.65

Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe  1,896,000 0.63 

NZ Permanent Trustees Ltd Grp Invstmnt Fund

No 20 

1,695,0000.56

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited  1,601,000 0.53 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  1,531,000 0.51 

Custodial Services Limited  1,174,000 0.39 

Total for top 20   264,414,000 88.12 


Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000

2204.34 100,000 0.03 

5,001–10,000

7115.4697,000 0.23

10,001–50,000

25555.317,766,0002.59 

50,001–100,000

5010.854,035,000 1.35 

100,001 and over

65 14.1 287,402,000 95.80 

Total

461100.00300,000,000100.00

Twenty largest CEN090 bondholders at 30 June 2025

Number of

CEN090 bonds

% of CEN090

bonds

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  87,310,000 34.92

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited    38,000,00015.2

Custodial Services Limited  2,726,5000 10.91

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 14,283,0005.71

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 14,105,0005.64

FNZ Custodians Limited 8,843,0003.54

TEA Custodians Limited 7,000,0002.8

Pin Twenty Limited4,376,0001.75

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 3,571,0001.43

Public Trust3,379,0001.35

CML Shares Limited3,320,0001.33

MMC Limited 3,000,0001.2

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited  1,816,000 0.73 

NZ Permanent Trustees Limited1,644,0000.66

Philip John Patrick Newdick & Susan Hilbre Newdick1,500,0000.6

Private Nominees Limited1,390,0000.56

Investment Custodial Services Limited1,017,0000.41

Best Farm Limited1,000,0000.4

Cassington Holdings Limited1,000,0000.4

NZX WT Nominees Limited857,0000.34

Total for top 20   224,676,000 89.88 



Distribution of CEN090 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000254.84 125,000 0.05 

5,001–10,00096 18.6938,000 0.38 

10,001–50,00029056.28,470,000 3.39 

50,001–100,00058 11.244,988,000 2 

100,001 and over47 9.11235,479,00094.19 

Total51699.99250,000,000100.01

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Other disclosures
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries 

The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at

30 June 2025: Robert McDonald, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson, Jon Macdonald,

Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol, and Elena Trout.

Deion Campbell was appointed by the Contact Board as a director on


11 July 2025, and will resign and stand for election by shareholders at the

ASM on 16 September 2025. Elena Trout has indicated she will resign by

rotation and not re-stand for election at that same ASM.

The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during


FY25 and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who

held office as directors.  

Company nameDirectorsFurther information

Western Energy

Services Limited 

Dorian Devers 

Michael Dunstall 

Jan Bibby

Jacqui Nelson resigned as director of

Western Energy Services Limited on

20 December 2024. Jan Bibby was

appointed on 9 December 2024.

Contact Energy

Trustee Company

Limited  

Jan Bibby 

Kirsten Clayton 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY25. 

Contact Energy Risk

Limited 

Antony Balfour Will 

Dorian Devers 

Mike Fuge 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY25. 

Contact Energy

Solar Limited 

Kirsten Clayton 

Saralaya Frost 

Dorian Devers 

Jacqui Nelson resigned as a director

of Contact Energy Solar Limited on

20 December 2024. Dorian Devers

was appointed on 1 January 2025. 

Contact Energy

Solar Holdings GP

Limited  

Kirsten Clayton 

Saralaya Frost 

Dorian Devers

Jacqui Nelson resigned as a director

of Contact Energy Solar Holdings

GP Limited on 20 December 2024.

Dorian Devers was appointed on

1 January 2025. 

NZX waivers 

There was one waiver granted by NZX relied on by Contact in the 12 months

preceding 30 June 2025. NZX granted a waiver of Listing Rule 4.9.1(a) to the

extent this rule would require Contact to offer Contact shares to overseas

investors under the Scheme of Implementation whereby Contact would

acquire all the shares in Manawa Energy Limited. 

Stock exchange listings 

Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board and

the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code ‘CEN’.

Contact has two tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted on the

NZX Debt Market under the company codes CEN070 and CEN080, and two

tranches of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt Market

under the company codes CEN060 and CEN090. Contact’s listing on the

ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3,

Contact confirms that it continues to comply with the NZX listing rules. 

Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers 

NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation

to Contact during FY25. 

Auditor fee 

See auditor's remuneration note E2 of the financial statements. 

Donations 

In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact

records that it donated $50,920 in FY25 including charitable donations,

and where we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the

recipient is not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s

brand and are separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political

contributions were made during the year. Find out more about our other

contributions on our Community webpage.

Credit rating

Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating

of BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.

Listed Bonds

The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital

bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.

The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in

October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in


April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The $250 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital

bonds issued in September 2024 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.

Australian Medium Term Notes

The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in June 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

97

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

98
Financial

statements

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial statements
Contents

About these financial statements 100

Statement of comprehensive income 101

Statement of cash flows 101

Statement of financial position 102

Statement of changes in equity 103

Notes to the financial statements 104

A. Our performance 104

A1. Segments 104

A2. Earnings 104

A3. Free cash flow 106

B. Our funding 107

B1. Capital structure 107

B2. Share capital 107

B3. Distributions 107

B4. Borrowings 108

B5. Net interest expense 109

C. Our assets 110

C1. Property, plant and equipment and 110


intangible assets

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 112

D. Our financial risks 113

D1. Market risk 113

D2. Liquidity risk 115

D3. Credit risk 115

D4. Hedging activities 115

D5. Change in fair value of financial 117


instruments in profit/(loss)

D6. Financial instruments at fair value 117

D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost 118

E. Other disclosures 118

E1. Tax 118

E2. Auditor’s remuneration 119

E3. Inventories 119

E4. Trade and other receivables 119

E5. Trade and other payables 120

E6. Provisions 120

E7. Profit to operating cash flows 121

E8. Share-based compensation 121

E9. Related parties 122

E10. New accounting standards 123

E11. Contingencies 123

E12. Subsequent events 123

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

99

100
About these

financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2025

These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,

its subsidiaries, and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.

Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies

Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt

market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013.

Contact’s financial statements are prepared:

+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice

(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity

+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted

+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value

+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented

+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current

year’s presentation.

Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting

policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:

+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)

+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)

+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)

+provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations and the

Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision (note E6).

The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy

Limited Board of Directors on 18 August 2025.

Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds

Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statement of
comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2025

$mNote20252024

RevenueA23,4392,863

Operating expensesA2(2,428)(2,188)

Net interestB5(100)(40)

Depreciation and amortisationC1(273)(255)

Asset impairment and write offs(1)(50)

Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD5(174)8

Profit before tax 463338

Tax expenseE1(132)(103)

Profit 331235

Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D44(176)

Comprehensive income 33559

Profit per share (cents) – basic and diluted 41.629.9

Profit before tax includes the release of the AGS onerous contract provision of $98 million. Excluding the

release of the provision, Profit before tax would be $365 million, Profit would be $261 million and profit

per share (basic and diluted) would be 32.7 cents per share.

Statement of

cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 2025

$mNote20252024

Receipts f rom customers3,3192,858

Payments to suppliers and employees(2,602)(2,165)

Receipts f rom insurance claims105

Interest paid(77)(21)

Tax paid(106)(97)

Operating cash flowsE7544580

Purchase and construction of assets(449)(506)

Capitalised interestB5(23)(74)

Realised gains/losses on market derivatives(13)(6)

Investment in joint ventures and associates(43)(10)

Proceeds f rom sale of assets– 1

Investing cash flows (528)(595)

Dividends paidB3(198)(248)

Proceeds f rom borrowings933592

Repayment of borrowings(460)(238)

Financing costs(5)(2)

Share issuance costs(1)–

Financing cash flows 269104

Net cash flow28589

Add: cash at the beginning of the year229140

Cash at the end of the year514229

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

101

102
Statement of

financial position

At 30 June 2025

$mNote20252024

Cash and cash equivalents514229

Trade and other receivablesE4274275

InventoriesE36737

Intangible assetsC15643

Derivative financial instrumentsD19568

Total current assets 1,006652

Property, plant and equipmentC15,1664,933

Intangible assetsC1188223

InventoriesE36540

GoodwillC2214214

Investments in joint ventures and associatesE98440

Derivative financial instrumentsD190106

Total non-current assets 5,8075,556

Total assets 6,8136,208

Trade and other payablesE5395356

Tax payable1034

BorrowingsB4356359

Derivative financial instrumentsD1122152

ProvisionsE62218

Total current liabilities 905919

BorrowingsB42,0931,554

Derivative financial instrumentsD1254253

ProvisionsE6209294

Deferred taxE1570524

Other non-current liabilities2345

Total non-current liabilities 3,1482,670

Total liabilities 4,0533,589

Net assets 2,7602,619

Share capitalB22,1352,021

Retained earnings795773

Hedge reservesD4(181)(185)

Share-based compensation reserveE81110

Shareholders’ equity 2,7602,619

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statement of
changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2025

$mNote

Share

capital

Retained

earnings

Hedge

reserves

Share-based

compensation

reserves

Shareholders’

equity

Balance at 1 July 2023 1,988813(9)112,804

Profit  – 235 – – 235

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – (176) – (176)

Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 4 9

Share capital issuedB228 – – (5)23

Dividends paidB3 – (275) – – (275)

Balance at 30 June 2024  2,021 773 (185) 10 2,619

Profit–331––331

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4––4–4

Change in share-based compensation reserveE84––59

Share capital issuedB2110––(4)106

Dividends paidB3–(309)––(309)

Balance at 30 June 2025  2,135 795 (181)11 2,760




GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

103

104
Notes to the financial statements

A. Our performance

A1. Segments

Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.

The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the

wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and

to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity

and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.

The results of Western Energy Services Limited are included in the Wholesale

segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated

across the operating segments.

The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural

gas, broadband, mobile and other products and services to mass market

customers less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the

cost to serve and distribute electricity to customers.

The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment


at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the

operating segments.

Other operating expenses within the segment results includes employee

benefits of $153 million (2024: $134 million). Employee benefits (excluding

allocations) is $60 million (2024: $52 million) for the Wholesale segment and

$31 million (2024: $29 million) for the Retail segment.

A2. Earnings

The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses

and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment

and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by

segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.

EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP measure.

The key revenue categories are:

+Electricity, gas and steam

Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,

C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer

consumption.

+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging

Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the

wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the

electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers, and industrial

customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.

+Electricity-related services

Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the

wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency

keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services

are provided.

+Telco

Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Segment results
 

20252024

$m

WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total

Mass market electricity–1,079– (1)1,078– 1,018 – (1)1,017

C&I electricity – fixed price 278– – – 278252 – – – 252

C&I electricity – pass through52– – – 5247 – – – 47

Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,616– – – 1,6161,321– – – 1,321

Electricity-related services revenue9– – – 97 – – – 7

Inter-segment electricity sales601– – (601)– 561 – – (561)–

Gas29103– – 1328 96 – – 104

Steam5– – – 53 – – – 3

Geothermal services8– – – 812 – – – 12

Telco– 101– – 101– 82 – – 82

Other income 207– – 2712 10 – – 22

Total revenue2,6181,290– (602)3,3062,2231,206 – (562)2,867

Electricity purchases, net of hedging (1,149)– – – (1,149)(990)– – – (990)

Electricity purchases – pass through(43)(3)– – (46)(37)(1)– – (38)

Electricity-related services cost(8)– – – (8)(7)– – – (7)

Inter-segment electricity purchases– (601)– 601– – (561)– 561 –

Gas and diesel expenses(184)(23)– – (207)(118)(23)– – (141)

Gas storage costs*84– – – 84(15)– – – (15)

Carbon emissions costs(61)(9)– – (70)(62)(7)– – (69)

Generation transmission & levies(31)– – – (31)(29)– – – (29)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (67)(486)– – (553)(60)(449)– – (509)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(7)– – – (7)(7)– – – (7)

Gas networks, transmission, meter & service costs(5)(55)– – (60)(5)(51)– – (56)

Geothermal service costs(4)– – – (4)(6)– – – (6)

Telco costs– (88)– – (88)– (72)– – (72)

Other operating expenses(149)(74)(73)1(295)(129)(74)(51)1 (253)

Total operating expenses(1,624)(1,339)(73)602(2,434)(1,465)(1,238)(51)562 (2,192)

EBITDAF994(49)(73)– 872758 (32)(51)– 675

Depreciation and amortisation(273)(255)

Net interest expense(100)(40)

Asset impairment and write offs(1)(50)

Change in fair value of financial instruments(35)8

Tax expense(132)(103)

Profit331     235

* Gas storage costs is positive because it includes $98 million release of the AGS onerous contract provision.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

105

106
Realised gains/(losses) relating to risk management derivatives not in a hedge

relationship are included in ‘Change in fair value of financial instruments’

within the Statement of Comprehensive Income but not in the Segment

results. In the Segment results they are included in wholesale electricity

revenue or purchases within EBITDAF. This is higher this year due to the

recognition of realised losses of the new long term electricity derivative


with New Zealand Aluminium Smelter (NZAS).

These derivatives are ineligible to be designated into a hedge relationship for

accounting purposes, however they are commercial hedges and therefore

are included within EBITDAF. Further information on hedge accounting is

included in note D4.

The below table provides a reconciliation between the Statement of

Comprehensive Income and Segment results.

$m

Statement of

Comprehensive

Income

Realised gains/

(losses) on risk

management

derivatives

not in a hedge

relationshipSegment results

Year ended 30 June 2025

Revenue3,439(133)3,306

Operating expenses(2,428)(6)(2,434)

Change in fair value of

financial instruments

(174) 139(35)

Year ended 30 June 2024 

Revenue2,86342,867

Operating expenses(2,188) (4)(2,192)

Change in fair value of

financial instruments

8 –8

A3. Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash

Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in

growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating

cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.

$mNote20252024

EBITDAFA2872675

Tax paid (106)(97)

Change in working capital, net of investing and

financing activities

 (35)31

Non-cash movement in provisions(113)(12)

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF 3(8)

Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (77)(21)

Operating cash flowsE7544580

Stay-in-business capital expenditure (110)(156)

Operating free cash flow 434424

Proceeds f rom sale of assets – 1

Free cash flow 434425

Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B354.453.9

Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business

operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing

assets.

There has been a reclassification between stay-in-business and growth capital


expenditure to ensure that the spend is classified according to which assets

receive the most benefits under a revised scope of the Te Mihi Stage 2.


For the year ended 30 June 2024 stay-in-business capital expenditure has

been reclassified, increasing by $46 million, and therefore also decreasing

operating f ree cash flow by the same amounts. There is no impact to total

capital expenditure.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure

Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing

capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to

optimise the cost of our capital.

To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature

of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.

Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit

rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.

$mNote20252024

BorrowingsB42,4491,913

Shareholders’ equity 2,7602,619

Total capital funding 5,2094,532

Gearing ratio 47.0%42.2%

Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt 41.7%39.2%

B2. Share capital

Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX.

Certain ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the

Contact Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive

distributions and to make one vote per share.

Under the dividend reinvestment plan, 13,038,190 shares were issued during

the year (2024: 3,397,770). The remaining balance of shares issued relates to

employee share-based compensation.

 NoteShares$m

Balance at 30 June 2024 789,117,2082,021

Share capital issued 13,694,706114

Balance at 30 June 2025 802,811,9142,135

B3. Distributions

Earnings and operating free cash flow per share







Weighted average20252024

Number of shares (basic)797,176,026787,316,179

Number of shares (diluted)798,542,265788,537,322

The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number

of shares on issue over the period.

The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number

of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently

exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting

vesting conditions.

0

20

cps

40

60

Profit

(basic)

2025

2024

Operating free

cash flow

(basic)

Profit

(diluted)

41.629.954.453.9

41.629.9

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

107

108
Dividends paid

Cents

per share$m

2023 Final21.0165

2024 Interim14.0110

30 June 2024275

2024 Final23.0181

2025 Interim16.0128

30 June 2025309

Comprised of:  

Cash dividends198

Dividend reinvestment plan 111

In the prior year, cash dividends were $248 million and dividends

reinvestment were $61 million.

On 15 August 2025, the Board resolved to pay a 57% imputed final dividend

of 23 cents per share on 24 September 2025. On 18 August 2025, Contact had

$32 million (2024: $57 million) of imputation credits available for use in future

periods.

B4. Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and

subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which

means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result

in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.

Borrowings

$mMaturityCoupon20252024

Lease obligations VariousVarious

5047

Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating

– 26

Commercial paper <3 months Floating

180250

Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%

– 100

USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%

7373

USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%

6262

Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20264.33%

225225

Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating

1825

USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%

2222

Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%

250250

USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%

2929

USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%

3838

Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%

300300

Capital bonds – CEN090Oct 20295.67%

250–

AMTN – AUD $400mNov 20306.40%

434434

AMTN – AUD $400mDec 20315.41%

435– 

Face value of borrowings  

2,3661,881

Deferred financing costs  

(10)(9)

Total borrowings at amortised cost  

2,3551,872

Fair value adjustment on hedged

borrowings

  

9441

Carrying value of borrowings  

2,4491,913

Current  

356359

Non-current

2,0931,554


GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s
Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds

Initiative. At 30 June 2025 Contact remains compliant with the requirements

of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability

section on Contact’s website.

Changes in borrowings

$m20252024

Borrowings at the start of the year1,9131,556

Net cash borrowed/(repaid)468352

Non-cash change in lease obligations125

Non-cash change in deferred financing costs32

Non-cash change in fair value adjustment53(2)

Borrowings at the end of the year2,4491,913

Short-term funding

Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to

manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities

are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can

be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current

when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.

Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:

Maturity $m20252024

Between 1 and 2 years150 150

Between 2 and 3 years350 350

More than 3 years350 350

 850850

All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.

Lease obligations

Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the

national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of

property, plant and equipment (note C1).

Security

Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States

Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting

security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.

Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except

for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative

Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt

covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.

Cash and cash equivalents

Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker

that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls which is included within


cash and cash equivalents. At 30 June 2025, the collateral balance was nil

(2024: $87 million).

B5. Net interest expense

$m

Note20252024

Interest expense on borrowings(113)(105)

Interest expense on finance leases (3)(3)

Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(13)(14)

Unwind of deferred financing costs (3)(2)

Other interest (2)(1)

Capitalised interestC12374

Interest income1111

Net interest expense (100)(40)

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

109

110
C. Our assets

C1. Property, plant and equipment

and intangible assets

Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

and intangible assets include:

+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,

geothermal and thermal power stations and

geothermal wells and pipelines.

+ Computer software: our SAP system that is

used for customer service and billing, finance

functions and generation asset management,

which has a carrying value of $116 million (2024:

$129 million) and a remaining life of 13 years.

All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated

depreciation or amortisation and impairments.

Generation plant and equipment acquired before

1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical

cost, which is the fair value of those assets at


1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation

and accumulated impairment losses.

Software as a service contracts are recorded as

operating expenditure unless they meet the

requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset


(i.e. management can demonstrate control of an

asset).

Intangible assets includes capital work in progress

(CWIP) balance of $6 million relating to software

(2024: $14 million).


Property, plant and equipment


$m

Generation

plant and

equipment

Other land,

buildings,

plant and

equipment

Capital

work in

progress

Leased

assets Total

Cost     

Balance at 1 July 2023 5,878 100 1,078 76 7,132

Additions11444654587

Transfers f rom capital work in progress856(91)– –

Disposals(37)– (36)– (73)

Balance at 30 June 20246,0401101,416807,646

Additions12943319473

Transfers f rom capital work in progress1,38120(1,401)––

Disposals(3)–––(3)

Balance at 30 June 20257,547134346898,116

Depreciation

Balance at 1 July 2023(2,424)(69)–(23)(2,516)

Depreciation(216)(5)– (5)(226)

Disposals29– – – 29

Balance at 30 June 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)

Depreciation(227)(7)–(6)(240)

Disposals3–––3

Balance at 30 June 2025(2,835)(81)–(34)(2,950)

Carrying value

At 30 June 20243,429361,416524,933

At 30 June 20254,71253346555,166

Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2025 is capitalised interest of $23 million

(2024: $74 million) in relation to the build of Te Huka 3, Te Mihi Stage 2 and associated steamfield,

and the Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Intangible assets

$m

Software and

capital work in

progress

Carbon

emission

unitsOther


Total

Cost 

Balance at 1 July 20235633318 614

Additions38 87 – 125

Disposals(6)(59)– (65)

Balance at 30 June 20245956118 674

Additions1664–80

Disposals–(69)–(69)

Balance at 30 June 20256115618685

Amortisation

Balance at 1 July 2023(375)– (4)(379)

Amortisation(27)– (2)(29)

Balance at 30 June 2024(402)–(6)(408)

Amortisation(31)–(2)(33)

Balance at 30 June 2025(433)–(8)(441)

Carrying value

At 30 June 20241936112266

At 30 June 20251785610244

Current–56– 56

Non-current178–10 188


Cost

Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service.

When Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly

attributable costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress


until the asset is commissioned.

Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal

exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations

that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal

exploration costs are expensed.

Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand

Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and


are classified as current assets when they will be used to offset our ETS

obligations at balance date or obligations expected to be incurred within


one year of balance date.

Depreciation and amortisation

The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight

line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating

hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.

Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.

Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or

amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:

AssetRate/hours

Generation plant and equipment

Straight line 1% – 50%

Equivalent operating hours1,900 – 21,000

Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33%

Computer software 4% – 50%

Capital commitments

$m20252024

Contracted capital expenditure324209

Carbon forward contracts73120

Closing balance397329

Due within 12 months250195

Due beyond 12 months147134

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

111

112
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing

Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.

The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $35 million (2024: $35 million).

The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2024: $179 million).

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher

of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period

management estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom

Contact’s CGUs. An impairment is recognised when the recoverable value


is lower than the carrying value.

Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each

CGU. These cash flows are based on a 10 year projection, adjusted for future

growth rate of 2% (2024: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then

discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 8% – 9% (2024: 8% – 9%) to

arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. A 10 year cash flow

projection has been used as a longer term forecast provides a more accurate

valuation for Contact.

No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.

The key inputs to CGU cash flows, and their method of determination, are:

Wholesale CGU

Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit

inflation rate.

Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future

electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal

shape, and price estimates based on an analysis

of expected demand and cost of new supply for

periods not quoted on the ASX market.

Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro

volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise

Contact’s best estimate of future prices.

Retail CGU

Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC and implicit

inflation rate.

Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical

churn data and expected market trends.

Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market

changes.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Cost of purchased energy and

networks costs

ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and

seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.

Sensitivities

The calculation of the value in use for the Wholesale CGU is most sensitive to

the inputs of wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate. For the


Retail CGU, the most sensitive inputs are EBITDAF margin and the post tax

discount rate.

There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes in


the wholesale electricity prices and post-tax discount rate would not occur in

isolation and would drive other changes which could also impact the value


in use.

Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult

to predict, in particular the weather, which can impact short term prices.

Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction

in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale

electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.

Retail EBITDAF margin includes price per customer, operating costs, costs of

purchased energy and network costs as noted in the table.

The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost

of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate

and inflation.

When individually adjusting the most sensitive inputs within a reasonable

range, the value in use for the Wholesale and Retail CGUs exceeded their

carrying values in all scenarios.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,

liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the

financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage

exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk

management system.

D1. Market risk

Interest rate risk

Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in

interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as

Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate

debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.

Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)

and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt

portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The

risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and

floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.

Foreign exchange risk

Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its

commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement

(USPP) and Australian medium-term note holders.

To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future

cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,

which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at


a fixed exchange rate.

Commodity price risk

Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of

electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale

and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.

Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any

residual exposure to electricity price risks.

Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural

gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price

of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon

obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation

are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not derivative

financial instruments as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for

Contact’s own use in operations.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

113

114
Summary of derivative financial instruments

A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.

Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.

 

Fair value hedge

Cash flow and fair

value hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship

IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives

Foreign exchange

contractsElectricity derivatives

$m 20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change

Financial year of maturity

2027–302025–292026–322026–312026–312025–312026–392025–392026–282025–262026–452025–28

Notional amount of derivatives1,0258751,0936582,0051,88513,861

GWh

14,644

GWh

2337425,847

GWh

1,614

GWh

Carrying amount of hedged

borrowings

(1,042)(862)(1,169)(712)– – – – – – – –

Fair value adjustments to borrowings(17) 13(30)(77) (54)(23)– – – – – – – –– – – –

Fair value of derivatives – asset186127861171044(34)47 222511–3140(9)

Fair value of derivatives – liability(2)(20)18(2)(10)8(41)(11)(30)(269)(317)48(4)(3)(1)(58)(44)(14)

Total movement–2(64)73(1)(23)

Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and profit/(loss) – unrealised

  

Fair value

hedge

Cash flow and

fair value hedgeCash flow hedge

No hedge

relationship

 IRSCCIRSIRS

Electricity

derivatives

Foreign

exchange

contracts

Electricity

derivativesTotal

$m Note20252024202520242025202420252024202520242025202420252024

Change in fair values recognised in:       

• Change in fair value of financial instruments

recognised in profit/(loss)

D5–– –134– – – – (26)6(23)11

• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4–– 2(2)(55)(14)(5)(189)(2)(2)– – (60)(207)

• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables) –– –– – – – – – – 310310

• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4–– –– (12)(10)78(32)11– – 67(41)

Total unrealised movement –– 2(1)(64)(20)73(221)(1)(1)(23)16(13)(227)

Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair

value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible

changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.


The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the

relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements


would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.

$m

Favourable/(unfavourable) 20252024

Impact on hedge reserves  

Forward interest rates+100bps4340

 -25bps(8)(10)

Forward electricity prices+10%(97)(107)

 -10%97107

Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(11)(5)

 -10%146

Impact on post-tax profit/(loss)  

Forward interest rates+100bps– –

 -25bps– –

Forward electricity prices+10%(47)2

 -10%47(2)

D2. Liquidity risk

To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt

maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing

requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains

a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to

enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.

Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast

cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained


in accordance with internal limits.

Information on contracted cash flows in the following table are presented


on an undiscounted basis.

CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the following table.


US dollar inflows on the CCIRS offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.

$m

Total

contractual

cash flows

Less

than

1 year

1–2

years

2–5

years

More

than

5 years

2025

Trade and other payables(374)(374)– – –

Borrowings(3,389)(436)(117)(905)(1,931)

Other liabilities(34)(2)(1)(4)(27)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(1,650)(147)(135)(339)(1,029)

IRS – net settled(27)(1)(4)(20)(2)

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow2311675113–

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(233)(168)(52)(13)–

 (5,476)(961)(258)(1,268)(2,989)

2024     

Trade and other payables(338)(338)–––

Borrowings(2,385)(359)(230)(859)(937)

Other liabilities(39)(2)(1)(4)(32)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(381)(115)(67)(103)(96)

IRS – net settled181392(6)

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow74704––

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(74)(70)(4)––

(3,125)(801)(289)(964)(1,071)

D3. Credit risk

Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset

position of $861 million (2024: $669 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,

Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and


to not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.

Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer

related credit risk is provided in note E4.

D4. Hedging activities

Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair

value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for

all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the

notional value of the hedged item.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

115

116
Fair value hedges

Interest rate risk

The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet


the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.

The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be

for a portion of the debt.

Contact has designated $1,025 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge

relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and

other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.


At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for

these IRS is 5.6% (2024: 5.4%).

The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the

hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the


fair value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the

extent the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources


of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedges

The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity

prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash

flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised

at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised

in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised

immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge

reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position

according to the nature of the hedged item.

The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.

$mNote 20252024

Opening balance (185)(9)

Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD1(60)(207)

Amortisation of hedge reserve  (2)3

Transferred to profit/loss or balance sheetD167(41)

Transferred to deferred taxE1(1)69

Closing balance (181)(185)

Commodity price risk

Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow

hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an

economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

At 30 June 2025, the average price of these derivatives was $110/MWh


(2024: $109/MWh).

Interest rate risk

Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow

hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.


At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these

IRS is 4.0% (2024: 3.9%).

An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the

IRS based on the reference interest rate.

Combined fair value and cash flow hedges

Contact has designated all its USPP and Australian medium-term notes into

both fair value and cash flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on

the component of the USPP note being hedged:

+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised

in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS

component.

+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component

is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.

+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded

f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.

At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these

IRS is 5.8% (2024: 6.1%).

The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed

rates of USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92 (2024: USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92).

An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange

rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge

relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash

flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/

(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Derivatives not in hedge relationships
Some electricity derivatives may not be eligible for hedge accounting,

including when they include termination options, have variable volume

structures (e.g solar power purchase agreements), or they have been entered

into for market making or trading.

Unrealised gains or losses relating to these derivatives are recognised


in profit/loss within “Change in fair value of financial instruments” below

EBITDAF as summarised in D5.

The fair value of the electricity derivatives will change depending on changes

to future wholesale electricity prices, which may cause significant volatility


to profit/(loss) where these derivatives are not in a hedge relationship.

The sensitivities table in D1 summarises the impact on profit/(loss) f rom

possible changes in fair values of these derivatives (unrealised gains/(losses))

due to change in forward electricity prices.

Profit/(loss) is subject to more volatility this year and in future periods, due

to the recognition of the new long term electricity derivative with NZAS.

Although the contract is a commercial hedge providing a fixed price in real

terms on future generation revenue, it is ineligible to be designated into


a hedge relationship for accounting purposes under NZ IFRS 9 due to the

ability for NZAS to terminate the contract after 10 years.

D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in

profit/(loss)

The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised

in change in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).

$mNote 20252024

Within EBITDAF: 

Realised gains/(losses) on risk management

derivatives

A2(139)–

Below EBITDAF:   

Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives  (12)(3)

Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD1(26)6

Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD135

Total below EBITDAF per segment tableA1(35)8

Change in fair value of financial instruments  (174)8

Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives

not in a hedge relationship.

Realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivatives are higher this year

due to the recognition of realised losses of the new long term electricity

derivative with NZAS.

D6. Financial instruments at fair value

Fair value

Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,

to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.

The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant

underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity

prices) and discount rates.

All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward

wholesale electricity prices which are:

+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate

of the effect of location and seasonality, or

+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large

contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is

derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors

and management judgement.

Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value


of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called

over the life of electricity options.

The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is

between 4%–7% (2024: 5%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.

The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives


by the source of key valuation inputs:

$m20252024

Sourced f rom market data2(30)

Derived f rom market data5172

Electricity price estimates(244)(273)

 (191)(231)


GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

117

118
The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled below:

$m20252024

Opening balance(273)(104)

Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:

• wholesale electricity revenue65(7)

Gain/(loss) in OCI(26)(104)

Instruments issued(10) (58)

Closing balance(244)(273)

For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result in

an unfavourable movement in fair value of $183 million (2024: $137 million)

and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of

$183 million (2024: $137 million).

D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost

The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the

table below.

$m20252024

Cash and cash equivalents514229

Trade and other receivables162266

Trade and other payables(374)(338)

Borrowings (2,355)(1,872)

The fair value of borrowings is $2,459 million (2024: $1,923 million). This fair

value is derived f rom market data.

E. Other disclosures

E1. Tax

Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.

Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while

deferred tax will be payable in future periods.

Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly in OCI.

$m20252024

Profit before tax463338

Tax at 28%(130)(95)

Tax effect adjustments:

Other(2)–

Removal of tax depreciation on buildings–(8)

Tax expense(132)(103)

Current(87)(99)

Deferred (45)(4)


Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the

carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the

values used for taxation purposes.

$m

PP&E and

intangible

assetsDerivativesOtherTotal

Balance at 1 July 2023(689)991(589)

Recognised in profit/(loss)2(3)(3)(4)

Recognised in balance sheet(9)–9–

Recognised in OCI –69–69

Balance at 30 June 2024(696)7597(524)

Recognised in profit/(loss)(21)5(29)(45)

Recognised in balance sheet(7) – 7 –

Recognised in OCI – (1) – (1)

Balance at 30 June 2025(724)7975(570)

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2025

$'000

2024

$'000

Review of interim financial statements7977

Audit of financial statements451438

Audit of subsidiary financial statements 1615

Total audit and review of financial statements546530

Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 4156

Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report6276

Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2928

Assurance of Sustainability linked loan2121

Total other assurance services153181

Verification procedures in relation to Everen Insurance

Mutual

8–

Due diligence procedures in relation to Manawa Energy

transaction

203–

Total agreed-upon procedures211–

Total fees related to audit, assurance and agreed-upon

procedures

910711

Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 3753

Total other services3753

Total fees for services provided by EY947764

Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other

assurance and non-assurance services requires approval f rom the Audit & Risk

Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of

the audit and review of financial statements fees.

E3. Inventories

Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,

consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the

Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.

All other inventories are stated at cost.

The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not


be available for extraction until end of contract in 2033.

$m20252024

Inventory gas11258

Consumables and spare parts1414

Diesel fuel65

 13277

Current6737

Non-current6540

E4. Trade and other receivables

$m20252024

Trade receivables162163

Unbilled receivables103103

Provision for impairment(2)(2)

Net trade receivables263264

Contract assets33

Prepayments88

Trade and other receivables274275

Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.

Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales

at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to

determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history

is used if smart meter data is not available.

Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:

$m20252024

Less than one month 109

Greater than one month43

 1412

When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers

those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries of $3 million

(2024: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

119

120
E5. Trade and other payables

$m20252024

Trade payables and accruals312319

Employee benefits2522

Interest payable1312

Other liabilities453

Trade and other payables395356

E6. Provisions

Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for

the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation

sites and to remediate the environmental impacts of our operations, where

this can be reliably measured.

These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle

obligations or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful

lives and discounted to present value.

Restoration provisions for generation sites do not include the value that may be

received during decommissioning for scrap materials, which at 30 June 2025

has an estimated present value of $29 million (2024: $27 million).

$m

Restoration/

decomm-

issioning

Environment

rehabilitation

AGS

onerous

contract


Other


Total

Balance at 1 July 2024(163)(38)(109)(2)(312)

Created(3)(20) – – (23)

Released(1)198 – 98

Utilised3115 – 19

Unwind of discount(8)(1)(4) – (13)

Balance at

30 June 2025(172)(57)– (2)(231)

Current (6) (14) – (2)(22)

Non-current(166)(43) – – (209)


In FY23, Contact recognised an onerous contract provision relating to the

Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) contract. The provision has been released at


30 June 2025, as the contract is no longer considered an onerous contract.

The estimated value that Contact expects to receive is now more than the

contract payments over the remaining term of the contract.

The provision was calculated as the difference between the contract

payments and the estimated value received f rom access to available storage

over the remaining term of contract, discounted to present value using a

discount rate of 4.5% (2024: 4.7%).

The estimated value received f rom access to the AGS facility is based on

the ability for Contact to store gas in AGS, and extract this for generating

electricity when favourable to Contact. This has increased given the separation

of summer/winter wholesale electricity prices and an increase in the storage

capacity assumption to 3.2PJs (2024: 2.1PJs), based on studies f rom industry

experts and recent performance of the facility.

Sensitivity – AGS onerous contract

Impact on provision $m

Key inputSensitivity20252024

Estimated available storage+0.6PJs–36

-0.6PJs(25)(36)

Estimated value received+10%13

-10%(7)(13)

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E7. Profit to operating cash flows
$m20252024

Profit331235

Depreciation and amortisation273255

Amortisation of contract assets24

Change in fair value of financial instruments35(8)

Movement in provisions(113)(12)

Non-cash interest expense2319

Bad debt expense44

Share-based compensation54

Asset write offs and impairments150

Other(2)–

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,

investing and financing activities

Trade and other receivables(6)(40)

Inventories and intangible assets(49)14

Trade and other payables1450

Tax payable (16)1

Deferred tax424

Operating cash flows544580

E8. Share-based compensation

Equity Scheme

Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made

up of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).

If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control,

the awards vest and become exercisable.

On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to ordinary shares at no cost to the

employee. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership requirements

for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if the performance

hurdles are not met or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact.

The scheme entitlements continues on redundancy or retirement, but the

entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board has

discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.

Outstanding PSRs and DSRs

Number outstandingPSRsDSRs

Balance at 1 July 2023881,213817,187

Granted406,919314,049

Exercised(189,304)(471,680)

Lapsed(108,078)(6,678)

Balance at 30 June 2024990,750652,878

Granted443,918467,177

Exercised(194,628)(340,663)

Lapsed(28,922)(9,922)

Balance at 30 June 20251,211,118769,470

PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 1 year and 6 months

(2024: 1 year and 7 months) and DSRs had 12 months (2024: 11 months).

Contact Share

Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables eligible

employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares. The shares are

issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive period of three

years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive distributions and

direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held on their behalf.

At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.

Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other

circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other

employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated

pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for

future allocations under Contact Share.

Number outstandingContact Share

Balance at 1 July 2023252,561

Shares issued95,000

Transferred to employees(83,274)

Balance at 30 June 2024264,287

Shares issued121,225

Transferred to employees(75,911)

Balance at 30 June 2025309,601

These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 5 months

(2024: 1 year and 4 months).

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

121

122
Share-based compensation expense

Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards

granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair

values of awards granted during the reporting period are:

Grant date

$ per shareOct 2024Oct 2023Oct 2022

PSRs – without internal hurdle3.793.963.97

PSRs – with internal hurdle7.146.886.42

DSRs7.497.256.75

Contact Share8.068.087.64

Key inputs in determining the fair values

Grant date

Oct 2024Oct 2023Oct 2022

Risk-f ree interest rate4%6%4%

Expected dividend yield5%5%5%

Expected share price volatility16%24%30%


Changes in Share-based compensation reserve

$mNote 20252024

Opening balance 1011

Exercised share scheme awards  (4)(5)

Lapsed share scheme awards– (1)

Share-based compensation expense 54

Deferred tax on share scheme E1– 1

Closing balance 1110

E9. Related parties

Contact group entities

All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk

Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.

Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding

Subsidiaries 

Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%

Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%

Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%

Associates and joint arrangements 

DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%

Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry22%

Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%

Stratford Solar I GP Limited*Solar activities50%

Stratford Solar I LP*Solar activities50%

Stratford Solar P GP Limited*Solar activities50%

Stratford Solar P LP*Solar activities50%

* New entities this year.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited
Partnership

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on

economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply


of carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners are accounted for as associates, as

Contact has significant influence over both entities through its participation

in financial and operating policy decisions being equivalent to the other

investors.

Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners. The initial investments are recognised at

cost and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits


or losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.

During the year Contact acquired an additional 8% interest in Forest Partners

for $23 million, bringing total interest to 22%. The additional interest has been

recognised as an investment in associate on the balance sheet.

Related party transactions

Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).

Received/(paid) $m20252024

Forest Partners Limited Partnership

Capital contributions(15)(9)

Key management personnel

Directors’ fees(1)(1)

LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(9)(7)

LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)

Balances payable at end of the year

Key management personnel(2)(2)

* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.

Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact

for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and conditions.


For members of the LT this includes the staff discount available to all

eligible employees.

E10. New accounting standards

There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which

materially impact Contact.

E11. Contingencies

In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and

investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect

at 30 June 2025.

E12. Subsequent events

On 11 July 2025, Contact completed the acquisition of Manawa Energy

Limited (Manawa) under a Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme,

Contact acquired 100% of Manawa’s shares, while issuing $1,643 million in

Contact shares and paying $351 million in cash to Manawa shareholders as

consideration.

Transaction costs of $11 million (2024: $4 million) were incurred and recognised

as “other operating expenditure”.

The fair value of Manawa assets and liabilities acquired has not been disclosed

as the initial accounting for the acquisition and goodwill has not been

performed due to the short period between completion date and the approval

of the FY25 financial statements.

The combination with Manawa is expected to create a more diversified,

resilient and efficient Contact business with complementary hydro assets,

increasing Contact’s ability to offer larger volumes of fixed price electricity to

the market and provide greater opportunity for wider deployment of flexible

demand product sales, helping to support customers in the electricity market.

The acquisition also further enhances Contact’s strong development

capabilities, accelerating Contact’s strategy to grow renewable generation

while decarbonising Contact’s portfolio.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

123

124
Combined Independent Auditor’s

and Limited Assurance Report

Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young

We have performed the following assurance engagements:

+audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited

on pages 99 to 123

+ limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s

Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 131 to 136

of the Integrated Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters,

our limited assurance is restricted to the specific elements referred to and

unless otherwise stated we provide no assurance on other information on

the pages referred to.

Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders

of Contact Energy Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy

Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on

pages 99 to 123, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial

position of the Group as at 30 June 2025, and the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and

consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,

and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material

accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 99 to 123


present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2025 and its consolidated financial performance

and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International

Financial Reporting Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit

has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders

those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and

for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not

accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the

Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for

the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on

Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and

Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners

(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued

by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these

requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and

appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our

combined report below for details of the other services we have provided


to the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were

of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of

the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit


of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our

opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the

matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities

for the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report,

including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the

performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the

risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of

our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the

matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying

consolidated financial statements.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Valuation of Electricity Price Derivatives
Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit

matter

The Group’s activities expose it to

commodity price risk through the

sale and purchase of electricity. This

risk is managed through the use of

electricity price derivatives. These

derivatives are carried at fair value.

As at 30 June 2025, the fair value

of electricity price derivatives is

-$249m as set out in Note D of the

consolidated financial statements.

The valuation of these electricity

price derivatives includes inputs

which are not readily observable and

require the use of complex valuation

techniques and assumptions,

including the Group’s internal

forecast wholesale electricity price

path and long term expected traded

electricity volumes.

We consider the valuation of

electricity price derivatives to be a

key audit matter, as the inputs to

the valuation models are inherently

subjective.

Disclosures related to electricity

price derivatives are included in

Note D of the financial statements.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate

audit evidence, we:

+Engaged our valuation specialists

to assess, on a sample basis,

the models used to estimate

the fair value of electricity price

derivatives as at 30 June 2025,

including the appropriateness of:

• the valuation methodologies; and

• the key assumptions applied in

the valuation models, namely:

• the forecast wholesale

electricity prices;

• the forecast traded electricity

volumes; and

• the discount rates.

+On a sample basis agreed key

contract terms, including contract

start and maturity dates, expected

volumes and electricity strike

prices, applied in the valuation

models to the relevant contract.

+Assessed the adequacy of the

financial statement disclosures

related to electricity price

derivatives.

Information other than the financial statements and


auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information.


The other information comprises the integrated report, but does not include

the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the

other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion

thereon, other than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the

Group’s Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as described below.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements,

our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,

consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the

consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the

audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a

material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report

that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the

preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements

in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards,

and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to

enable the preparation of financial statements that are f ree f rom material

misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are

responsible for assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to

going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the

directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have


no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the

consolidated financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material

misstatement, whether due to f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s

report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of

assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect

a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud

or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they

could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users

taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

125

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

126
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-

responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.

Independent Limited Assurance report on the Global

Reporting Initiative Disclosures

To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited

Conclusion

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI

Disclosures as referenced on pages 131 to 136 of the Integrated Report for the

year ended 30 June 2025 have not been prepared, in all material respects,


in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.

Criteria applied by the Group

In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting

Initiative Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards” or the “Criteria”).


The methods, assumptions and emissions factors adopted by Contact in

applying the Criteria are described throughout the report.

Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report,

which includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited

assurance report.

Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the

other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion

thereon, other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial

statements as described above.

In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the


GRI Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and,

in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially

inconsistent with the GRI Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during

the engagement, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

Management’s responsibilities

Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for


selecting the Criteria, and for presenting, in all material respects,

the GRI Disclosures in accordance with those Criteria. This responsibility

includes establishing and maintaining internal controls, maintaining

adequate records and making estimates that are relevant to the preparation

of the subject matter, such that it is f ree f rom material misstatement,

whether due to f raud or error.

EY’s responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the

presentation of the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.

We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International

Standard for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance

Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial

Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”) and, in relation to elements of the

reporting related to greenhouse gases, International Standard for Assurance

Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse

Gas Statements (“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan

and perform our engagement to express a conclusion on whether anything

has come to our attention that suggests the GRI Disclosures have not been

prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the GRI Standards.

The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our

judgment, including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement,

whether due to f raud or error.

We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our limited assurance conclusion.

Inherent Limitations

Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature

and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance

engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited

assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that

would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement

been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level

of assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the

evidence that would be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.

A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily

of persons responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related

information, and applying analytical and other appropriate procedures.

The greenhouse gas (“GHG”) quantification process is subject to scientific

uncertainty, which arises because of incomplete scientific knowledge about

the measurement of GHGs. Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

estimation and measurement uncertainty resulting f rom the measurement
and calculation processes used to quantify emissions within the bounds of

existing scientific knowledge.

Description of procedures performed

Our procedures included:

+Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s

processes for determining the material issues for the Group’s key

stakeholders;

+Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information

in the GRI Disclosures;

+Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating

relevant information;

+Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to

corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to assess

whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources

has been included in the GRI Disclosures;

+Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards;

+Obtaining management representation.

We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary


in the circumstances.

We have not performed assurance procedures in respect of any information

relating to periods prior to 1 July 2022, including those presented in the GRI

Disclosures. Our report does not extend to any disclosures or assertions

made by the Company relating to future performance plans and/or strategies

disclosed in the 2025 Integrated Report and supporting disclosures online.

While we consider the effectiveness of management’s internal controls

when determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance

engagement was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.

Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures

relating to checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.

Restricted use

This limited assurance report is intended solely for the information and use of

Contact Energy Limited and its Directors and is not intended to be and should

not be used by anyone other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors.

We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is


included in Contact Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for

information purposes only. We disclaim all responsibility to any

other party for any loss or liability that the other party may suffer or incur

arising f rom or relating to or in any way connected with the contents of our

report, the provision of our report to the other party or the reliance upon our

report by the other party.

Our Independence and Quality Control

for the Combined Assurance Report

We have complied with the independence and other requirements

of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for

Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards)

(New Zealand), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity,

objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and

professional behaviour.

The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management

for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other

Assurance or Related Services Engagements, which requires the firm to

design, implement and operate a system of quality management including

policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements,

professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Ernst & Young provides services to the Group in relation to financial

statements audits, trustee reporting, market remuneration surveys, agreed

upon procedures and other assurance relating to Greenhouse gas emissions

reporting, green borrowings programme reporting and the Group’s

sustainable linked loan. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with

the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of

the business of the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in,

the Group.

The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting

in the independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance

report is Lianne Austin.




Chartered Accountants

Wellington

18 August 2025

127

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

128
ASXAustralian Securities Exchange.

CENContact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.

ContactThe company called Contact Energy

Limited. Unless otherwise stated, all

activities and indicators in this report

are for Contact.

Contact26Contact’s strategy which sets out the

company’s priorities and key activities

for the five years from 2021–2026.

EBITDAFEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation,

amortisation, asset impairment and write

offs, and changes in fair value of financial

instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP

(generally accepted accounting practice)

measure. Information regarding the

usefulness, calculation and reconciliation

of this measure is provided within note A2

to the financial statements.

ESGThe environmental, social and governance

factors used to evaluate performance.

FID Final investment decision.

FY23The financial year ended 30 June 2023.

FY24The financial year ended 30 June 2024.

FY25The financial year ended 30 June 2025.

GHGGreenhouse gas emissions.

GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an

international independent standards

organisation that helps businesses,

governments and other organisations

understand and communicate their

impacts on things like climate change,

human rights and corruption.

The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its

subsidiaries, and its interest in associates

and joint arrangements that make up the

group. These are identified in note E9 of

the financial statements.

GWhA gigawatt-hour is a unit of energy equal

to one billion watt-hours, commonly

used to measure large-scale electricity

generation or consumption.

JVA joint venture is a business arrangement

where two or more parties collaborate by

pooling resources to achieve a specific

goal, while remaining independent

entities.

kWA kilowatt is a unit of power equal to

1,000 watts, commonly used to measure

the rate at which electricity is generated

or consumed.

kWhA kilowatt-hour is a measure of energy

equal to using one kilowatt of power

for one hour, commonly used to track

electricity consumption.

ktCO

2

eThe term kilotonnes of carbon dioxide

equivalent is a unit used to measure

greenhouse gas emissions, where different

gases are converted into the equivalent

amount of CO₂ based on their global

warming potential.

kVA kilovolt is a unit of electrical voltage

equal to 1,000 volts, commonly used to

measure high-voltage electricity in power

transmission systems.

MWA megawatt is a unit of power equal to one

million watts, commonly used to measure

the output of large power plants or the

energy demand of big facilities.

MWpMegawatt-peak is a unit used to express

the maximum power output of a solar

energy system under ideal conditions.

NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the

country’s only aluminium smelter and

is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the

harbour from Bluff in Southland.

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange.

PJA petajoule is a unit of energy equal to one

quadrillion joules (1,000,000,000,000,000 J),

commonly used to measure large-scale

energy consumption or production, such

as national energy use.

PPAA Power Purchase Agreement is a contract

between an electricity generator and a

buyer that outlines the terms for selling

and purchasing electricity, often used in

renewable energy projects.

TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired

power station.

TWhTerawatt hour. A unit of energy equal to

outputting one million watts for one hour.

TISR Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading

indicator measure that assesses the

potential severity of health and safety

and process safety incidents.

Glossary

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Te Reo Māori glossary
HapūKinship group, subtribe

IwiExtended kinship group, tribe

KaitiakiGuardian, stewardship

KanakanaLamprey

KaupapaPlan, purpose

KōreroNarrative, discussion, conversation

MahiWork, activity

MamaeUnderlying hurt, pain

MāoriIndigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand

MaungaMountain

MauriLife force, vital essence, vitality of a being or entity

MotuCountry, nation

OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact that ‘Ohaki’

(sulphur or brimstone) is the official pronunciation

and should be used when referring to the Ohaki

Marae (Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.

Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the iwi.


There are many generations of Ngāti Tahu

occupation in and around the Ohaki area, which

was a highly valued kāinga for its geothermal

features, Waikato Awa and many natural resources.

OhaakiOhaaki is the name used for the Contact power

station and operations

RōheDistrict, region, territory

Runaka/rūnangaCouncil, assembly, board, iwi authority

TaiaoEarth, natural world, environment

TakiwāDistrict, area, territory

Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand,

Māori as the indigenous people are known as

tangata whenua

TaongaTreasure, something that is socially or culturally

valuable

TikangaPrinciples, a customary system of values and

practices

TiritiTreaty, as in Te Tiriti o Waitangi or the Treaty of

Waitangi

TunaEel

WhānauExtended family, family group

WhenuaLand

Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.

129

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

130
GRI and Climate

Statement directories

Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the 2025 Integrated Report

that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement 2025.

StandardDisclosureIR25 Page 

NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix75

NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2514

NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management76–77

NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and opportunities84

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI content index
Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period

1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025.

GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021

Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021

2–1Organisational details100,

137

Contact operates in Aotearoa

New Zealand.

2–2Entities included in

the organisation’s

sustainability reporting

Contact Energy and Western Energy

are the only entities included in

our sustainability reporting unless

otherwise specified. In consolidating

this information there have been no

adjustments made for minority interests

and no differences in the approach across

disclosures in this standard or across

material topics. Information related to

acquisitions, mergers and disposals are

incorporated as and when these occur.

See page 122 for entities included in our

financial auditing.

2–3Reporting period,

f requency and contact

point

2, 137

2–4Restatements of

information

Water consumption f rom geothermal

reservoirs has been restated to correct an

error in the calculation. See the total water

consumption table on our ESG Reporting

webpage.

2–5External assurance77, 124–

127

2–6Activities, value chain

and other business

relationships

72

2–7Employees–There were no significant fluctuations

during the reporting period. See

employee tables on our ESG Reporting

webpage.

2–8Workers who are not

employees

OmittedInformation unavailable: Processes

have been improved for tracking non-

employees however the data is not yet

sufficiently complete for disclosure

purposes. Work will continue in FY26.

2–9Governance structure

and composition

74–75,

92–93

Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement

and on our website.

2–10Nomination and

selection of the highest

governance body

–Information is in our Corporate

Governance Statement.

2–11Chair of the highest

governance body

74

2–12Role of the highest

governance body

in overseeing the

management of

impacts

74–77 

2–13Delegation of

responsibility for

managing impacts

76–77 

2–14Role of the highest

governance body in

sustainability reporting

2, 68 

2–15Conflicts of interest92–93Further detail can be found in the

Board Charter, Corporate Governance

Statement, and Code of Conduct.

2–16Communication of

critical concerns

77Any critical concerns are presented to the

Board in the form of written papers and

oral presentations.

2–17Collective knowledge

of the highest

governance body

74Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement.

2–18Evaluation of the

performance of the

highest governance

body

74Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement.

2-18 c. Omitted. Confidentially

constraints. The results of Board

evaluations are considered confidential

and cannot be reported publicly.

2–19Remuneration policies78–90

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

131

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

132
2–20Process to determine

remuneration

75, 78,

80

Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement and

our Remuneration policy and Director

remuneration policy.

2-20 a. ii. The views of stakeholders on

remuneration are not sought.

2-20 b. Stakeholders do not vote on

remuneration policies and proposals.

2–21Annual total

compensation ratio

90

2–22Statement on

sustainable

development strategy

6–10 

2–23Policy commitments76None of our policies stipulate applying

the precautionary principle. Our Mergers

and Acquisitions Policy stipulates due

diligence. Further detail can be found in

our Code of Conduct, and on our website.

2–24Embedding policy

commitments

76See our Modern Slavery Statement.

2–25Processes to remediate

negative impacts

OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage

with individuals and local communities

to remediate negative impacts f rom our

operations, and we have a Stakeholder

Engagement Policy detailing our

engagement approach and principles

with various stakeholders. We began the

review of complaints processes in FY25

and this will continue in FY26.

2–26Mechanisms for

seeking advice and

raising concerns

76 

2–27Compliance with laws

and regulations

77

2–28Membership

associations

–See our ESG Reporting webpage.

2–29Approach to

stakeholder

engagement

47For more information see our Stakeholder

engagement policy and our website.

2–30Collective bargaining

agreements

–9.3% of total Contact employees were

covered by collective bargaining

agreements as at 30 June 2025. We do

not otherwise base employee remuneration

on collective bargaining agreements.

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–1Process to determine

material topics

68

3–2List of material topics68

Material TopicsMaterial Topics

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

Freshwater system health

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

45, 47,

49–51

More information on our Water webpage

and our Water commitment.

GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018

303–1Interactions with water

as a shared resource

47,

49–51

More information on our Water webpage.

303–2Management of water

discharge-related

impacts

No minimum standards beyond

regulatory requirements are set for the

quality of our discharges to waterways.

303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

303–4Water dischargeFurther information on priority substances

can be found at the Waikato Regional

Council website. Refer to our ESG Reporting

webpage and our Water webpage.

303–5Water consumptionRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural treasures

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

45, 47,

49–50

A significant number of our biodiversity

commitments are driven by consent

requirements. See our Biodiversity

page, Biodiversity management page,

and 'Mitigating Actions' section on our

Biodiversity data tables.

GRI 304: Biodiversity 2016

304–1Operational sites owned,

leased, managed in, or

adjacent to, protected

areas and areas of

high biodiversity value

outside protected areas

See our Biodiversity Management

webpage.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

304–2Significant impacts of
activities, products and

services on biodiversity

47,

49–50

Refer to 'Our actions to care for our natural

resources' section on our Biodiversity

page, Biodiversity Management page,

and our ESG Reporting webpage.

304–3Habitats protected or

restored

–See table on our ESG Reporting webpage.

304–4IUCN Red List

species and national

conservation list

species with habitats

in areas affected by

operations

47See also NZTCS list species on our ESG

Reporting webpage.

Generation emissions and renewable energy supply; Reliable energy supply

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

6–10,

12–14,

23,

25–31,

33–35

Indicators for generation emissions and

renewable energy supply.

3–3Management of

material topic

6–10,

35,

54–58,

66, 70,

82

Indicators for reliable energy supply.

GRI 305: Emissions 2016

305–1Direct (Scope 1)

GHG emissions

34, 53Global Warming Potential rate for sulphur

hexafluoride is 23,500. Further detail can

be found in our Climate Statement.

Gases included in emissions calculations

are: CO

2

, CH

4

, N

2

0, SF

6

.

Biogenic emissions are zero.

GHG emissions intensity: 0.083:1 (tCO

2

e

per MWh).

Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2

emissions by Scope 1 and 2 activity

amounts. Scope 3 not included in ratio

as activity in MWh is difficult to quantify.

Further detail can be found in our

Climate Statement.

305–2Energy indirect

(Scope 2) GHG emissions

53

305–3Other indirect (Scope 3)

GHG emissions

53

305–4GHG emissions

intensity


305–5Reduction of GHG

emissions

6, 34,

53

Further detail can be found on page 33 of

our Climate Statement.

305–6Emissions of ozone-

depleting substances

(ODS)

OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation

prevents emission of ODS.

305–7Nitrogen oxides (NO

x

),

sulfur oxides (SO

x

), and

other significant air

emissions

OmittedInformation unavailable: NO

x

, SO

x

and

other emission data for FY25 is currently

unavailable and is expected to be

calculated later.

Own

measure

Percentage of

renewable generation

53, 69Calculated by dividing renewable

generation against total generation.

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

9,

12–14,

19–23,

35, 40

Own

measure

Total contracted

flexible demand

14Total contracted flexible demand 188MW

(including 141MW in market).

The total contracted flexible demand

figure is made up of 103MW on the

Simply Flex platform plus an additional

96MW f rom contractual arrangements

with NZ Steel and NZAS, and our Hot

Water Sorter programme.

Sustainable procurement

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

52More information on our Responsible

Procurement webpage.

3–3-e: Omitted, information unavailable:

Information on processes, goals, targets

and indicators to track effectiveness of

actions is under development and not

ready for disclosure. Progress against

disclosure standards will be evaluated

in FY26.

GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016

308–1New suppliers that

were screened using

environmental criteria

Since late 2024, 100% of new suppliers

are screened using environmental criteria

via our procurement questionnaire and

third-party scanning tool. Performance

criteria include completeness and, at a

minimum, compliance with laws.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

133

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

134
308–2Negative

environmental impacts

in the supply chain and

actions taken

OmittedInformation unavailable. Although

new suppliers are screened for

environmental impacts, we are unable

to meet the requirements for disclosure.

Work continues on improving our

environmental impact assessment

processes.

GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016

414–1New suppliers that

were screened using

social criteria

Since late 2024, 100% of new suppliers

are screened using social criteria via our

procurement questionnaire and third-

party scanning tool. Performance criteria

include completeness and, at a minimum,

compliance with laws.

414–2Negative social impacts

in the supply chain and

actions taken

OmittedInformation unavailable. Although new

suppliers are screened for social impacts,

we are unable to meet the requirements

for disclosure. Work continues on

improving our social impact assessment

processes.

A thriving workforce

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

45–46,

59–61

Refer to our Health & Safety webpage,

ESG Reporting webpage and Careers

webpage for more information.

Lack of community representation

means social/cultural perspectives are not

considered in our decision-making, and

impacts to those communities are not

addressed. Our diversity targets aim to

reduce the risk to these communities,

and our operations as a result.

GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018

403–1Occupational

health and safety

management system

Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.

403–2Hazard identification,

risk assessment, and

incident investigation

See our Health & Safety webpage, our

Learning Approach webpage, and

our 'Work-related ill-health' section on

our ESG Reporting webpage for more

information.

403–3Occupational health

services

See our Health & Safety webpage.

403–4Worker participation,

consultation, and

communication on

occupational health

and safety

See our Health & Safety webpage.

Each of our sites has a H&S committee

with diverse membership f rom the

f rontline through to site management.

Meetings are generally held monthly,

including with contractors, and two-

way communication sets expectations,

gathering insights around H&S.

Building relationships at work f ronts,

having informal discussions and formal

mechanisms such as observation cards

enables collaboration with f rontline

workers to write and review our H&S

system. Workshops, testing, and field

experiments are mechanisms we use

throughout.

403–5Worker training on

occupational health

and safety

More information can be found on our

Health & Safety webpage.

403–6Promotion of worker

health

More information can be found on our

Health & Safety webpage.

403–7Prevention and

mitigation of

occupational health

and safety impacts

directly linked by

business relationships

See our Health & Safety webpage.

We offer occupational health monitoring

such as lung function and hearing testing.

Anyone who has potentially been exposed

to asbestos in the past is registered with

NZ Provide, an asbestos health monitoring

programme.

403–8Workers covered

by an occupational

health and safety

management system

Our H&S system has been internally

audited according to NZS4801

(superseded by ISO 45001). No external

audit has been performed.

Our H&S system covers 100% of our

approximately 1250 employees and

4,400 contractors who work on our sites

as “controlled contractors”.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

403–9Work-related injuriesRefer to our Health & Safety webpage
anWork-related injuries table on our

ESG Reporting webpage.

Data is compiled through our H&S reporting

system, including injuries and ill health.

A report is generated with includes

classifications and injury summary.

The categorisation of these help us to

determine if it is a work-related injury

or illness, and the agency of the injury.

Monitored contractors are excluded f rom

our data as they are not under our direct

control.

See above.

403–10Work-related ill health

Own

measure

TISRTISR for FY25 was 6,272 for controlled

and 1,564 for monitored. For more

information see our ESG Reporting

webpage.

GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016

405–1Diversity of governance

bodies and employees

61See also, FY25 diversity tables on our ESG

Reporting webpage.

405–2Ratio of basic salary

and remuneration of

women to men

OmittedInformation unavailable: The information

to breakdown our employee remuneration

by employee category and area of operation

is not currently captured. We will review

our process in the next financial year.

We do include information on pay equity.

Own

measure

Staff engagement59Engagement surveys are undertaken

three times per year and open to all

employees. Contact’s overall employee

engagement score is based on

the average score given by survey

respondents in response to the main

engagement questions. This metric is

used to inform wellbeing initiatives and

measure improvement.

Safe and resilient infrastructure

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

49, 54–

58, 82

See our ESG reporting webpage for more

information.

Own

measure

Process safety dataSee our ESG Reporting webpage for more

information.

Process safety learning events and

incidents are recorded and validated by

an Engineering Authority and categorised

by following the Process Safety Incident

Categorisation Chart (based on the

API 754 standard). Step back learnings

are completed where justified and

improvement actions generated.

All reported process safety incidents

are included in the metric, even if

remediation actions are still in progress.

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua; Community wellbeing

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

26–27,

47–51

Indicators for meaningful relationships

with tangata whenua partners. See our

website for more information.

3-3 e. Omitted. Information unavailable.

Targets, goals and indicators for measuring

effectiveness of actions taken are being

formalised for adoption in FY26 and not

yet ready for disclosure.

3–3Management of

material topic

39, 45,

48, 50,

59

Indicators for community wellbeing. More

information is available on our website.

GRI 413: Local Communities 2016

413–1Operations with

local community

engagement, impact

assessments, and

development programs

47See our Community website page.

While we look at gender diversity

internally, external gender impact

assessments in local communities is not

part of our Assessment of Environmental

Effects (AEE).

Community consultation committees

and processes that include vulnerable

groups are not included in site-specific

community engagement plans as

they are considered at a wider level.

Works councils, occupational health

and safety committees and other work

representation bodies do not deal

specifically with local community impacts.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

135

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

136
413–2Operations with

significant actual and

potential negative

impacts on local

communities

OmittedInformation incomplete: While we discuss

our impacts on biodiversity, habitats,

and the environment throughout the

report, we do not discuss this in context

of the local community in detail that the

disclosure requires. We will review local

community engagement plans.

Customer wellbeing and trust

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

10, 14,

37–40,

58, 69

GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016

418–1Substantiated

complaints concerning

breaches of customer

privacy and losses of

customer data

–See reportable privacy incidents table

on our ESG Reporting webpage.

The majority of reported incidents relate

to the FY25 period.

Own

measure

Customer satisfaction

(Net Promoter Score)

69Each week, a random customer sample

is surveyed to measure their experience

with Contact using Net Promoter Score

(NPS). NPS f rom the last quarter

(1 April – 30 June) of the year is

reported using the following calculation:

(promotors-detractors)/(total responses).

Energy wellbeing and equity

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

7, 10,

37–40,

45

Own

measure

Percentage of

customers accepted

following credit check

45Measured by analysing new sign-ups

following a credit check to determine

sign-up rate with Prepay included/

excluded. Increase in sign-ups with

Prepay reflects energy accessibility for

those who would otherwise be rejected.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Corporate directory
Board of Directors

Robert McDonald (Chair)

Sandra Dodds

David Gibson

Jon Macdonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

David Smol

Elena Trout

In addition, the Board has appointed

Deion Campbell as an additional director on

11 July 2025, and Deion will resign and stand for

election by shareholders at the September ASM.

Leadership team

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Chris Abbott

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Jan Bibby

Chief People Experience Officer

Matt Bolton

Transition Director

John Clark

Chief Generation Officer

Dorian Devers

Chief Renewable Growth Officer

Tighe Wall

Chief Technology Officer

Matt Forbes

Chief Financial Officer

Michael Robertson

Chief Retail Officer (Acting)*


*Carolyn Luey starts as Chief Retail Officer in July 2025.

Registered office

Contact Energy Limited

Level 2, Harbour City Tower

29 Brandon Street

Wellington 6011

New Zealand

T +64 4 499 4001

W contact.co.nz

Company secretary

Kirsten Clayton

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Company numbers

NZ Incorporation 660760

ABN 68 080 480 477

Auditor

EY

PO Box 490

Wellington 6011



Registry

Change of address, payment instructions

and investment portfolios can be viewed

and updated online:

New Zealand (NZX) registered holders:

nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com


Australia (ASX) registered holders:

au.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com

New Zealand Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

A division of MUFG Pension & Market Services

PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142

Level 30, PwC Tower


15 Customs Street West

Auckland, 1010

enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com


T

+ 64 9 375 5998

Australian Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

A division of MUFG Pension & Market Service

Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235

Level 41, 161 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, NSW 2000

enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com


T +61 1300 554 474

Investor relations enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Sustainability enquiries

Taria Tahana

Head of Sustainability

sustainability@contact.co.nz

Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340

If you live around one of our power

stations or offices and want to


get in touch, give us a shout on

0800 000 458 (North Island) or

0800 66 33 35 (South Island).

137

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

137

contact.co.nz

---

Climate
Statement 2025

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
2

About our climate-related disclosures

At Contact, our vision is to be a leader

in the decarbonisation of New Zealand.

We’re playing our part in the transition

to a renewable energy future in

response to the climate challenges

facing us all.

This Climate Statement 2025 details how our

business thinks about climate-related risks.


It explains how we are preparing to mitigate

these risks and take advantage of opportunities.

Contact Energy Limited (Contact) is a climate-

reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013. We previously reported our

climate risks f rom 2019 to 2022 in accordance

with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD), and f rom 2024 onwards in

accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand

Climate Standard (NZCS). This Climate Statement

has been prepared in accordance with NZCS 1, 2,

and 3. These disclosures cover the period 1 July

2024 to 30 June 2025.

This Climate Statement has been approved


by the Board and is dated 18 August 2025.





Robert McDonald

Chair




Sandra Broad

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

In preparing this statement, we have applied the

following adoption provision of Climate Standard 2

(NZCS 2): 

+

Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial

impacts 

The information presented in this Climate

Statement is subject to material limitations and

inherent uncertainty and is subject to ongoing

change. The information in these climate-related

disclosures should not be considered a prediction

of future financial or non-financial performance.

These statements are subject to a range of known

and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions,

many of which lie outside of our control.

The climate scenarios outlined in this statement

were developed based on current assumptions and

projections using information available at the time

of development. There is inherent uncertainty within

each scenario – they are not intended to provide


a complete or accurate forecast of future events.

The climate risks and opportunities identified may

not eventuate and, if they do, the actual impacts


and consequences are likely to be significantly

different to what is set out in this report.

These statements include forward-looking

statements about impacts, climate scenarios,

targets, forecasts, and future plans. Words like

“likely,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” and similar

terms indicate these forward-looking statements.

Such statements are based on management’s

current expectations and reflect judgements,

assumptions, estimates and other information

available when this statement was compiled or

when scenario analyses were undertaken. They are

inherently uncertain and subject to limitations and

may be affected by a range of variables which could

cause actual results to differ materially f rom current

expectations. We do not guarantee that statements

in this report will remain correct after publication.

This report should not be relied upon as a

recommendation, forecast or guarantee and

Contact disclaims, to the maximum extent

permitted by law, any liability whatsoever

(including for negligence) for any loss arising f rom

use of or reliance on this report. This disclaimer

should be read together with other limitations,

uncertainties, and risks mentioned throughout

this report. This report is not an offer or investment

recommendation and should not be considered

legal or financial advice.

This statement should be read in conjunction with

Contact’s 2025 Integrated Report, which uses the

Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and

the International Integrated Reporting Council

Framework to report on material Environment,

Social and Governance (ESG) activities.

All financial figures presented in this report are


in New Zealand dollars.

For enquiries on this report please contact:


Investor enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Media enquiries

Louise Wright

Head of Communications and Reputation

media@contactenergy.co.nz

3
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

3

Contents

About this statement 2

Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4

Governance 5

Risk 9

Strategy 11

Metrics and targets 26

GHG assurance 38

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
4

Message from the

Chair and Chief Executive

Tēnā koutou

Welcome to Contact’s

Climate Statement FY25,

which outlines our continued

commitment to addressing

climate change as we work

to build a better, cleaner and

more sustainable Aotearoa

New Zealand.

We are one of New Zealand’s leading

energy generators and retailers.

We recognise our responsibility to

communicate with our shareholders,

stakeholders, customers and the

communities we serve about our

actions to manage climate-related

risks and opportunities.

As we deliver on our Contact26

commitments and turn to the next

strategy horizon, we are navigating

the energy transition and the balance

between our decarbonisation

leadership and our responsibility


to ensure the secure, sustainable,

and affordable supply of energy

to New Zealanders. In doing so,

we remain focussed on our four

strategic pillars – growing demand,

growing renewable development,

decarbonising our portfolio, and

creating outstanding customer

experiences.

Our investment in New Zealand’s

transition to a renewable energy

future is accelerating significantly.


At Contact, we believe in

enabling the electrification of

the New Zealand economy and

continue orderly investment in

new renewable generation to

support this. Alongside this, we

are deepening our understanding

of climate risks and opportunities

through comprehensive analysis

and implementation of our

decarbonisation initiatives.

We have been measuring our


Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions

since 2012. In 2018, we expanded this

to total emissions reporting. This

year’s Climate Statement includes

our greenhouse emissions inventory.

While our long-term trajectory

towards net zero in our generation

operations remain clear and on

track, annual carbon emissions

continue to be influenced by natural

hydrological variability. In FY25, this

variability resulted in another year

of higher-than-average emissions

f rom thermal-backed generation.

However, our strategic transition to

a more renewable generation base

with less reliance on gas meant

we were better placed to cover

hydrological volatility and gas


supply declines over this period.

We continue to invest in renewable

generation both to reduce emissions

and our long-term reliance on gas.

This is a key mitigation to the climate

risks we have identified.

The commissioning of our Tauhara

and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants in

FY25 ($1.2 billion investment), alongside

the construction of our Battery Energy

Storage System (BESS) project and

Kōwhai Park solar development,

and our Manawa Energy acquisition

(adding 25 hydroelectric schemes

and 1.9TWh hydro generation)

represent transformational change.

Together these demonstrate our

comprehensive mitigation strategy

in action. Our commitment to Te Mihi

Stage 2 further demonstrates our

dedication to expanding renewable

capacity.

The energy landscape is evolving

rapidly as technological advances,

policy developments, and changing

consumer expectations create new

opportunities for innovation and

growth. We have continued to deliver

on our climate commitments while

meeting the energy needs of all


New Zealanders.

Contact is well positioned to navigate

the challenges and opportunities

ahead, taking decisive action to

mitigate climate risks while maximising

the benefits of New Zealand’s

renewable energy transition.

Ngā mihi nui,

Robert McDonald

Board Chair

Mike Fuge


Chief Executive Officer

Board Chair, Robert McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
5

Governance

Board oversight of climate-

related risks and opportunities  

Our Board oversees Contact’s

governance, strategic direction, and

performance, including managing

climate risks and opportunities. Profiles

of our Board of Directors are available

on our website and in our 2025

Integrated Report (see page 64).   

Climate change considerations and related risks and

opportunities remain central to Board considerations,

including developing and overseeing our Contact

strategy. This is achieved through several key areas:

+

Progress reporting on renewable energy projects

under development, including geothermal, solar,

wind and grid-scale Battery Energy Storage

Systems (BESS)

+

Reviewing emissions data to track progress

against our decarbonisation targets

+

Assessing potential climate change impacts on

our operations through the risk management

f ramework

+

Analysing financial Board reporting, which

includes adaptation strategies to mitigate the

physical impacts of climate change on our

inf rastructure.

Two committees support the Board’s climate-

related work: the Audit and Risk Committee

(ARC), and the Health, Safety and Environment

Committee (HSEC). The Leadership Team supports

the Board by providing specialist input, feedback

and advice. Day-to-day management of climate-

related risks and opportunities is embedded

with individual business units (see governance

structure diagram on page 8).  

Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

The ARC reviews climate-related risks and

opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario

analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC

Chair updates the Board four times per year

and makes recommendations to the Board on

Contact’s Risk Management Policy and Framework.

During FY25, the ARC reviewed management

findings on climate risks and opportunities.

It also reviewed a management initiative to

identify climate-related risks and opportunities

and understand how they might affect business

strategy and performance over time.

Health, Safety and Environment

Committee (HSEC)

The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental

policies, strategy and performance. It reviews and

recommends environmental targets to the Board

and assesses performance against those targets.

The HSEC reports to the full Board and receives

regular management reports. It meets four times

per year with ‘climate change action’ as a standing

item in the Environment paper presented to the

Committee at each meeting. At its FY25 meetings,

the Committee reviewed Contact’s performance

against emissions targets and discussed progress

on consenting for Contact’s new renewable

generation projects. It also reviewed updates on

climate risk and related disclosures. In November

2024, the Committee reviewed and approved

development of a dashboard featuring climate-

related impacts, metrics and targets as a


‘material topic’.

Strategic decision-making

When setting strategy, the Board considers a

wide range of risks and environmental factors.

It incorporates climate change considerations

into decision-making. As part of establishing

Contact’s overall strategic direction, it considers

both ARC and HSEC reports and incorporates

recommendations as appropriate. It also sets risk

appetite and ensures appropriate management

policies are in place.

Directors consider climate impacts in the context

of Contact’s strategy to invest in renewable energy,

grow demand and decarbonise our portfolio.

Supporting the transition to renewable energy

sources and reducing reliance on carbon-intensive

assets are central to the Board’s strategy and

investment decisions.

During FY25 the Board:

+

Identified and discussed risks and opportunities

f rom the growing importance of electricity

firming and storage

+

Considered developments in international

decarbonisation commitments and implications

for the business.

Climate change considerations are also

incorporated into recommendations that go to

the Board for final investment decisions for new

renewable generation initiatives. For example,


the Board made a final investment decision on the

Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal generation site in late

2024 as part of the business’ commitment to long-

term, sustainable generation.


ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
6

Governance process and

frequency 

Contact’s climate-related work is integrated

into our existing governance structures and

our Enterprise Risk Management Framework.

The governance structure diagram on page 8

shows the responsibilities of the Contact Board,

committees, leadership team, and business units,

and the relationships between them.

Board skills and competencies 

Our director skills matrix is outlined on page 75

of our 2025 Integrated Report. It shows the areas

of director capability required to enable Contact’s

success and the expertise held by our current

directors. In May 2025, we built on our directors’

skills and competencies in this area by:

+

Delivering training to the full Board on transition

planning as outlined in the XRB Aotearoa NZ

Climate Standards, and its relevance for Contact

Energy

+

Informing the Board how aspects of transition

planning could be applied during Contact’s next

business strategy ref resh.

The Board will continue to receive training and

upskilling on climate-related issues as a standing

agenda item.

The Board draws on expertise f rom within the

Contact business and f rom external specialists to

inform its planning and decision-making. In 2025,

our directors undertook an international study tour

to learn about new developments in renewable

energy. This included the use of renewable energy

and transition planning, solar and geothermal

technology, and how other countries plan to

achieve their net zero 2050 goals. The Board

also explored the management of distributed

energy resources. These investigations helped to

inform the Board’s thinking about the risks and

opportunities for Contact.

Industry engagement

Contact is an active member of business

associations that support emissions targets in

line with Paris Agreement goals, including the

commitment to net zero:

+

The Aotearoa Circle – a public-private

partnership aiming to restore natural capital in

New Zealand

+

Sustainable Business Council (SBC) – which

sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises

New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to

build a thriving and sustainable future for all

+

Climate Leaders Coalition – which aims to

build momentum towards a zero-carbon

future. Together with over one hundred other

businesses, Contact signed the SBC-backed

Climate Leaders Coalition Statement of Ambition

+

Electricity Retailers’ and Generators’

Association of New Zealand (ERGANZ) –

which supports New Zealand’s 2050 emissions

reduction targets, with a focus on how


New Zealand can achieve the emissions

reductions at the lowest possible cost without

leaving any households or businesses behind. 

Monitoring progress  

Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our

performance metrics and outcomes for each

financial year (see page 88 of our Integrated Report).

We also set targets for our strategic initiatives

relating to emissions generation and emissions

intensity f rom generation. These are reported

annually with the scorecard found on page 14


of our 2025 Integrated Report.  

The process for setting the Strategic Metrics begins

with the leadership team. It proposes metrics and

targets to the responsible Board Committee which

reviews and recommends these to the full Board.

The ARC is responsible for financial and non-

financial metrics. The HSEC is responsible for targets

relating to environmental performance including

climate-related issues.

The Board monitors scorecard progress through

regular reporting. The f requency varies depending

on the strategic initiative. This includes reporting

greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics to the HSEC.

Our CEO and Executive team have a climate-related

KPI within the long term incentive hurdles, focusing

on Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets (shown on page

84 of our 2025 Integrated Report). Management

remuneration comprises fixed remuneration (salary

and other benefits) and pay-for-performance

remuneration. Pay-for-performance includes Short

Term Incentives (cash and equity awarded through

deferred share rights) and Long Term Incentives

(equity awarded through performance share rights).

The Short Term cash incentive comprises:

+

70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:  

+ 40% relates to financial results 

+ 20% relates to safety targets 

+ 40% relates to strategy delivery and key

operational milestone targets 

+

30% based on individual KPIs. 

Management’s role in assessing

and considering climate-related

risks and opportunities 

Leadership Team 

Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business

identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-

related risks and opportunities, and implements

appropriate risk mitigations. Our Chief Financial

Officer and Chief Corporate Affairs Officer have

specific climate-related responsibilities as set out

in the governance structure diagram on page 8. 

The LT considers the relationship of these issues to

Contact’s strategy and reports to the ARC (on risk,

strategy or finance) or the HSEC (on sustainability,

environmental policy and process). Key issues are

then reported to the full Board.

The LT also monitors and manages climate-related

risks and opportunities through its work on

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
7

Contact’s strategy. This is reviewed annually with

progress monitored monthly. Our Chief Executive

and LT members engage with the Board ten times

each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times

each year.

Profiles of our LT members can be viewed on our

website.

Operational teams

Our Contact teams manage climate-related risks

and opportunities every day. Specific areas of

responsibility fall in two key operational areas: 

+

Risk, Strategy and Finance teams report

to the Chief Financial Officer. The Risk team

implements risk management policy, oversees

climate-related risk processes and reports


risks to the LT and the ARC. The Strategy team

undertakes scenario modelling and analysis


and develops the strategic planning process.

The Finance team collates and analyses

financial data.  

+

Sustainability team reports to the Chief

Corporate Affairs Officer. This team has

responsibility for sustainability initiatives

and implementing environmental policy

and processes. Individual business units are

responsible for day-to-day climate-related

monitoring and reporting.  

Tauhara geothermal power station in Taupō.

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
8

Board

Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

Leadership Team (LT)

Chief Financial Officer

Operational level

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC)

+

Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including the

strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities

+

Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting risk

appetite

+

Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and

Risk Committee

Reports to the Board

+

Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities, climate scenarios,

results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting

+

Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk

Management Policy and Framework

+

Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices

Reports to the Chief Executive

+

Responsible for ensuring Contact is identifying, assessing, and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Risk Management Policy and Framework

+

Strategy and financial decision-making process

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Risk team

Reports to the Chief Financial Officer.

Responsible for:

+

Implementation of Risk

Management Policy and oversight

of climate-related risk processes

+

Monitoring and reporting risks to

the Leadership Team and Audit

and Risk Committee

Strategy team

Reports to the Chief Financial

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Scenario modelling and

analysis

+

Strategic planning process

Finance team

Reports to the Chief Financial

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Collating and analysing

climate-related financial data

Sustainability team

Reports to the Chief Corporate

Affairs Officer. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability initiatives

+

Implementing environmental

policy and processes

Individual business units

Reports to the relevant LT

member. Responsible for:

+

Day-to-day monitoring,

management and reporting

on climate-related risks and

opportunities

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability

+

Environmental Policy

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Reports to the Board

+

Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,

including climate mitigations

+

Reviewing and recommending targets for environmental performance to the

Board and assessing performance against those targets

+

Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and

competencies

+

Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the

corporate scorecard and strategic objectives

+

Approving climate-related disclosures

Governance structure

GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
9

Risk

Contact’s Organisational Risk

Management System 

Risk Management Framework 

Our enterprise risk management f ramework

aligns with the ISO 31000 risk management

guidelines. We use this f ramework to ensure we

have appropriate processes and systems to identify,

assess, treat, monitor, and report on material

risks. This approach is detailed on page 76 of our

2025 Integrated Report. It supports the effective

management of our climate-related risks and

opportunities in alignment with the Aotearoa


New Zealand Climate Standards.

Risk Management and Identification

Last year we updated our climate-related

disclosure process. We built a comprehensive and

structured risk management f ramework aligned

with Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards

(NZCS). This f ramework enabled us to identify

and assess climate-related risks and opportunities

across the organisation.

This year we focussed on validating the relevance

of those risks and updating any further material

changes. We conducted regular risk reviews across

our business to ensure all climate-related risks and

opportunities remained current and effectively

managed.

We hold an annual risk workshop with climate-

related risk owners and subject matter experts.


This workshop assesses material changes and

identifies new risks and opportunities. The review

includes all parts of the Contact value chain.

Risk assessment 

Assessing Transitional Risks

Transitional risks 

In FY24 we assessed transitional risks using

Contact’s enterprise risk matrix. These risks are

typically short- to medium-term in nature. The risks

were based on consequence to the business and

likelihood of occurrence across six consequence

categories: people safety and wellbeing,

compliance, environment, financial performance,

customers, and partners and stakeholders.

This assessment helped each risk owner

understand the relative risk and prioritise

appropriate actions to reduce the risk to an

acceptable level.   

Assessing physical risks 

Last year, we used both the vulnerability x exposure

tool and our Contact enterprise risk matrix to

assess physical climate-related risks. This year we

refined our practice by only using our enterprise

risk matrix. We updated this matrix to incorporate

the impact of physical climate-related risks over

the long term time horizon. We continually review

and update our risk assessment tools to ensure

they remain effective and fit for purpose.


Time horizons 

We considered three time-horizons to inform our

view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity

would most likely manifest: 

+

short-term (up to 2030) 

+

medium-term (2030–2050)  

+

long-term (2050–2080) 

We will regularly review these time horizons as

climate science matures and new trends emerge.

We will use this data to inform our ongoing risk

assessment. 

Managing Climate-related Risks 

All risks are recorded in Contact’s central risk

management database. This includes risk controls

and treatment actions in accordance with our risk

management f ramework. Some climate-related

risks are standalone while others span multiple

parts of the business.

Once a risk is entered into our risk database the

risk owner takes responsibility for managing and

monitoring it. Treatment plans are put in place

to eliminate, mitigate or transfer the risk to an

acceptable level. 

Progress on site at Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.

GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
10

Frequency of review and assessment 

We assess Contact’s climate-related risks and

opportunities periodically in alignment with our

standard processes. Throughout FY25 this included: 

+

Strategy setting process

This involves an environmental scan of risks

and opportunities including those linked to

climate change. New risks and opportunities are

incorporated into our enterprise climate-related

risk assessment and management process.   

+

Ongoing emerging risk review

This identifies new potential climate-related risks. 

+

Regular risk reviews

These have been extended across the business to

include climate-related risks and ensure existing

risks are actively managed in line with our risk

management f ramework.    

+

Normal business processes

At an operational level we actively review and

manage climate risks through normal business

processes. 

+

Reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

We report climate-related risks to the ARC as part

of our standard governance reporting process.    

Prioritising and integrating risks  

The output of our climate-related risk assessments

is integrated into Mau Taniwha, Contact’s business

planning and prioritisation process. Actions

for material climate-related risks that require

funding or shared resources are prioritised by this

process. Severe or high-rated risks will generally

be prioritised for funding and allocation of shared

resources.   

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
11

Our value chain

We generate

We innovateWe sell and serveWe trade

We sell the electricity

we generate on the

wholesale market.We

purchase goods and

services f rom a wide

range of suppliers.


We also trade a range

of financial products

to manage our risk

and create value.

We create smart

solutions to help

customers, partners,

suppliers and

communities to

improve energy

efficiency and reduce

carbon emissions.

As a retailer we

sell products and

services to thousands

of individuals and

businesses to

meet their energy,

broadband and

mobile needs.

Relationships

Workforce

Technology

Sustainable


Business Practice

GEOTHERMAL

HYDROELECTRIC

THERMAL

(GAS/DIESEL)

MOBILEBROADBAND

FUTURE RENEWABLE

DEVELOPMENTS

LINES

COMPANIES

NATIONAL

GRID

BATTERY

AND SOLAR

UNDER

CONSTRUCTION

Strategy

Contact’s business

model and strategy

Our strategy centres on building

a better, cleaner and more

sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.

We’re taking bold steps to support

the transition to a renewable

energy future. Our business

focuses on delivering this vision

and achieving net zero emissions

f rom our generation operations

by 2035.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
12

Contact Energy is one of New Zealand’s largest energy generators and retailers.

Generation 

As at 30 June 2025, Contact generates electricity through seven geothermal

sites, two hydroelectric sites, two gas peaking units, three diesel fired units and

one baseload gas plant. This baseload gas plant, the Taranaki Combined Cycle

plant, is expected to close at the end of 2025.

We continue to invest in new renewable energy through the active

development of our project pipeline. This includes additional consented

geothermal development options, several solar development options

nationwide through a 50/50 joint partnership with Lightsource bp, and a

pipeline of wind farm opportunities. We currently have one solar farm,


a replacement geothermal project and a grid-scale battery project underway.

Trading 

Contact is an active participant in the wholesale electricity market where we

sell all the electricity we generate and buy all the electricity we need for our

sales channels. We also trade a range of financial risk management products.

Purchased electricity relies on a range of generation sources including

renewables, gas and coal. This reflects market composition. We rely on

network and transmission services provided by regulated entities, reflecting

New Zealand’s energy market structure.

Retail 

We sell electricity, gas, broadband, and mobile plans to residential customers

and households across New Zealand. We also sell electricity to commercial and

industrial customers. 

Simply Energy  

Through Simply Energy, part of the Contact Group, we provide solutions for

flexible demand management to commercial and industrial customers.

Western Energy 

Our subsidiary, Western Energy, provides specialised geothermal well services

to customers in New Zealand and internationally.

Manawa Energy

In FY25, we received clearance to acquire Manawa Energy (Manawa) and this

was completed on 11 July 2025. This acquisition will create a stronger, more

resilient Contact business with a more diversified portfolio of generation


assets and long term offtake agreements. It will accelerate our transition to

a renewable energy future. With an additional 25 hydroelectric schemes, one

diesel plant and a series of long-term wind offtake agreements, our combined

annual generation and purchased generation

1

volume is expected to increase

by ~1.9TWh and ~0.7TWh respectively in an average hydrology and wind year.

1 Contact also expects to receive up to 0.2TWh p.a. f rom a geothermal power purchase agreement

held by Manawa, expiring December 2026.

Our sites

Dunedin

Kōwhai Park

(under construction)

Roxburgh

Clyde

Lake Hawea

Wellington

Levin

Stratford

Auckland

Glenbrook-Ohurua

(under construction)

Whirinaki

Tauhara

Te Huka

Ohaaki

Te Mihi

Te Mihi Stage 2

(under construction)

Simply Energy

Simply Energy

Western Energy

Taupō

Wairākei

Poihipi

Storage lake

Legend

Battery storage

Offices and call centres

Geothermal power stationHydroelectric power station

Thermal power station

Solar

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
13

Transition is integral to Contact’s strategy:

Contact’s strategy centres on helping lead the

decarbonisation of New Zealand. We aim to


build a better, cleaner, and sustainable Aotearoa

New Zealand through the electrification of


New Zealand’s economy. As a major electricity

generator and retailer, our strategic focus on

decarbonising Contact’s generation portfolio,

developing additional renewable generation, and

supporting industry and customers to decarbonise

is directly aligned with the wider decarbonisation

and transition of New Zealand’s economy.

How Contact’s strategy leads to tangible

emissions reduction and transition benefits:

The four pillars of Contact’s strategy provide the

strategic direction to achieve our Contact26 vision.

They enable us to respond to risks and capture

opportunities as New Zealand’s economy moves


to a low-emissions energy future. The figure

on the next page outlines the relationship

between Contact’s strategy and pillars. It shows

the achievement of key initiatives, transition

implications, and the climate scenario risks and

opportunities.

Contact’s business model and strategy is

resilient to a range of transition and climate

scenarios:

Electrification of industrial processes and

transportation is expected to help facilitate the

transition and decarbonisation of New Zealand’s

economy. This represents a positive economic

opportunity for many of our Contact customers.


Our core business model of generating and supplying

customers with electricity, and our strategy to lean

into decarbonisation and grow into expected future

demand f rom electrification, is expected to be

resilient under any of the three identified climate

scenarios (outlined later in this section).

We continue to review and adapt our strategy

to account for changes in the external operating

environment, including the impacts of climate

change. We recognise that changes may impact

the timelines over which we undertake initiatives

along our transition pathway.

Capital deployment:

The figure on the next page identifies a range of

initiatives undertaken by Contact during FY25.

This includes commencing construction of three

renewable development projects across solar, grid-

scale batteries and geothermal with a combined

total budget of ~$1.1 billion. These projects are in

addition to the commissioning and bringing


to full power of two geothermal plants (Tauhara

and Te Huka 3) in FY25. These represent a further

~$1.2 billion of investment spend in preceding

periods. In FY25 Contact also received clearance


to acquire Manawa (the transaction completed

in July 2025).

Together, these initiatives represent a step change

in Contact’s business. They provide examples of

how Contact is deploying significant capital to

build resilience, optionality (in both technology

and generation/storage), and capacity. This ensures

Contact remains positioned to respond to changes,

risks and opportunities as New Zealand’s energy

transition occurs.

During FY25 Contact also continued to progress

a pipeline of other renewable generation

development options. These will be assessed in


line with Contact’s capital allocation f ramework

in future periods.

Decarbonisation of operations:

Contact has committed to achieving net zero

Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035. Our pathway

to achieving this includes investment in new

renewable generation and the closure of baseload

thermal generation, reducing our reliance on

thermal peaking generation during periods of peak

demand. Other initiatives include carbon capture

and reinjection, forestry offsets, and demand

response innovation.

Tracking progress over time:

The Metrics and targets section of this report

shows our progress. All committed and anticipated

investment in transition initiatives is captured in

our financial planning models and processes,


with progress monitored by the Board. 

Physical risks of transition:

Over the long-term, our generation assets may

be affected by physical changes associated with

climate change. This exposure is regularly reviewed

by our management team, using site-specific asset

management plans. The impact of climate change

on asset vulnerability is considered as part of our

annual asset health reviews. We also learn f rom

extreme weather events like Cyclone Gabrielle in

2023, and adapt our plans to build resilience.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
14

Be a leader in New Zealand’s decarbonisation

How the strategic pillars achieve transition outcomes

Grow

demand

+

Support our existing customer

base and new customers

to transition and electrify

processes to reduce the

carbon intensity of

New Zealand’s economy.

+

Signed a long term supply

agreement with Fonterra to

electrify process heat at the

Whareroa dairy factory – O1, O3

+

Began supplying major

industrial customers with

electricity under long-term

PPAs backed by Tauhara.

+

Increase the proportion of

electricity generated from

renewable sources within

both Contact’s portfolio and

the overall market reducing

the total volume of thermal

generation needed to match

supply and demand and

consequently the emissions

intensity of electricity

generation and the wider

economy.

+

Expect to close TCC (baseload

gas plant) at the end of 2025 –

T3, O3, T1

+

Began construction on a

Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS to

help better match supply and

demand reducing the reliance

on thermal peaking – T1, T3, O3

+

Support customers to shift

their usage habits to reduce

the peak load and the

consequent need for thermal

generation.

+

Support businesses and

households that rely on gas

to operate, while helping

them to transition f rom

gas to renewable energy.

+

Scaling of the Hot Water Sorter

programme to shift customer

load f rom peak periods – T3,

O2, O4

+

Continued roll out of innovative

time-of-use plans to share

with customers the economic

opportunity of reducing load in

peak periods – T3, O1, O2, O4

+

Additional renewable

development will help meet

expected future demand

from electrification.

+

Displace the need for thermal

generation in the market to

meet demand.

+

Commissioned Te Huka 3 and

brought Tauhara up to full

power – P1, T3, O1

+

Began construction

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.